##// END OF EJS Templates
i18n-sv: split messages into paragraphs
Martin Geisler -
r11399:0ebc8be6 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (6484 lines changed) Show them Hide them
@@ -1,14 +1,14 b''
1 # Swedish translation for Mercurial
1 # Swedish translation for Mercurial
2 # Svensk översättning för Mercurial
2 # Svensk översättning för Mercurial
3 # Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Matt Mackall and others
3 # Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Matt Mackall and others
4 #
4 #
5 # Translation dictionary:
5 # Translation dictionary:
6 #
6 #
7 # changeset ändring
7 # changeset ändring
8 # commit arkivera
8 # commit arkivera
9 # merge sammanfoga
9 # merge sammanfoga
10 # tag märke
10 # tag märke
11 #
11 #
12 msgid ""
12 msgid ""
13 msgstr ""
13 msgstr ""
14 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
14 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
@@ -31,62 +31,72 b' msgstr "Flaggor"'
31 msgid "Commands"
31 msgid "Commands"
32 msgstr "Kommandon"
32 msgstr "Kommandon"
33
33
34 msgid ""
34 msgid " options:"
35 " options:\n"
35 msgstr " flaggor:"
36 "\n"
36
37 msgstr ""
37 #, python-format
38 " flaggor:\n"
38 msgid " aliases: %s"
39 "\n"
39 msgstr " alias: %s"
40
40
41 #, python-format
41 msgid "hooks for controlling repository access"
42 msgid ""
42 msgstr ""
43 " aliases: %s\n"
43
44 "\n"
44 msgid ""
45 msgstr ""
46 " alias: %s\n"
47 "\n"
48
49 msgid ""
50 "hooks for controlling repository access\n"
51 "\n"
52 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
45 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
53 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets.\n"
46 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets."
54 "\n"
47 msgstr ""
48
49 msgid ""
55 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
50 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
56 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
51 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
57 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative).\n"
52 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative)."
58 "\n"
53 msgstr ""
54
55 msgid ""
59 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
56 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
60 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
57 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
61 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
58 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
62 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
59 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
63 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
60 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
64 "is no way to distinguish them.\n"
61 "is no way to distinguish them."
65 "\n"
62 msgstr ""
66 "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
63
67 "\n"
64 msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::"
65 msgstr ""
66
67 msgid ""
68 " [extensions]\n"
68 " [extensions]\n"
69 " acl =\n"
69 " acl ="
70 "\n"
70 msgstr ""
71
72 msgid ""
71 " [hooks]\n"
73 " [hooks]\n"
72 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook\n"
74 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
73 "\n"
75 msgstr ""
76
77 msgid ""
74 " [acl]\n"
78 " [acl]\n"
75 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
79 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
76 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
80 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
77 " sources = serve\n"
81 " sources = serve"
78 "\n"
82 msgstr ""
83
84 msgid ""
79 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
85 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
80 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
86 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
81 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
87 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
82 "is. ::\n"
88 "is. ::"
83 "\n"
89 msgstr ""
90
91 msgid ""
84 " [acl.allow]\n"
92 " [acl.allow]\n"
85 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
93 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
86 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
94 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
87 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
95 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
88 " .hgtags = release_engineer\n"
96 " .hgtags = release_engineer"
89 "\n"
97 msgstr ""
98
99 msgid ""
90 " [acl.deny]\n"
100 " [acl.deny]\n"
91 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
101 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
92 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
102 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
@@ -102,38 +112,47 b' msgstr ""'
102 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
112 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
103 msgstr ""
113 msgstr ""
104
114
105 msgid ""
115 msgid "track a line of development with movable markers"
106 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
116 msgstr ""
107 "\n"
117
118 msgid ""
108 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
119 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
109 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
120 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
110 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
121 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
111 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
122 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset."
112 "\n"
123 msgstr ""
124
125 msgid ""
113 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
126 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
114 "merge, hg update).\n"
127 "merge, hg update)."
115 "\n"
128 msgstr ""
129
130 msgid ""
116 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
131 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
117 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
132 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
118 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
133 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
119 "your .hgrc::\n"
134 "your .hgrc::"
120 "\n"
135 msgstr ""
136
137 msgid ""
121 " [bookmarks]\n"
138 " [bookmarks]\n"
122 " track.current = True\n"
139 " track.current = True"
123 "\n"
140 msgstr ""
141
142 msgid ""
124 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
143 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
125 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
144 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
126 "branching.\n"
145 "branching.\n"
127 msgstr ""
146 msgstr ""
128
147
129 msgid ""
148 msgid ""
130 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
131 "\n"
132 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
149 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
133 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
150 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
134 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
151 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
135 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.\n"
152 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
136 "\n"
153 msgstr ""
154
155 msgid ""
137 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
156 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
138 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
157 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
139 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
158 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
@@ -177,117 +196,171 b' msgstr ""'
177 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
196 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
178 msgstr ""
197 msgstr ""
179
198
180 msgid ""
199 msgid "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker"
181 "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n"
200 msgstr ""
182 "\n"
201
202 msgid ""
183 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
203 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
184 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
204 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
185 "bug status.\n"
205 "bug status."
186 "\n"
206 msgstr ""
207
208 msgid ""
187 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
209 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
188 "installations using MySQL are supported.\n"
210 "installations using MySQL are supported."
189 "\n"
211 msgstr ""
212
213 msgid ""
190 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
214 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
191 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
215 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
192 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
216 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
193 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
217 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
194 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
218 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
195 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
219 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately."
196 "\n"
220 msgstr ""
221
222 msgid ""
197 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
223 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
198 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
224 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:"
199 "\n"
225 msgstr ""
226
227 msgid ""
200 "host\n"
228 "host\n"
201 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
229 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database."
202 "\n"
230 msgstr ""
231
232 msgid ""
203 "db\n"
233 "db\n"
204 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
234 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'."
205 "\n"
235 msgstr ""
236
237 msgid ""
206 "user\n"
238 "user\n"
207 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
239 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'."
208 "\n"
240 msgstr ""
241
242 msgid ""
209 "password\n"
243 "password\n"
210 " Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
244 " Password to use to access MySQL server."
211 "\n"
245 msgstr ""
246
247 msgid ""
212 "timeout\n"
248 "timeout\n"
213 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
249 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5."
214 "\n"
250 msgstr ""
251
252 msgid ""
215 "version\n"
253 "version\n"
216 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
254 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
217 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
255 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
218 " to 2.18.\n"
256 " to 2.18."
219 "\n"
257 msgstr ""
258
259 msgid ""
220 "bzuser\n"
260 "bzuser\n"
221 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
261 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
222 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
262 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user."
223 "\n"
263 msgstr ""
264
265 msgid ""
224 "bzdir\n"
266 "bzdir\n"
225 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
267 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
226 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
268 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'."
227 "\n"
269 msgstr ""
270
271 msgid ""
228 "notify\n"
272 "notify\n"
229 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
273 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
230 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
274 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
231 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
275 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
232 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
276 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
233 " %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
277 " %(id)s %(user)s\"."
234 "\n"
278 msgstr ""
279
280 msgid ""
235 "regexp\n"
281 "regexp\n"
236 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
282 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
237 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
283 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
238 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
284 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
239 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
285 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive."
240 "\n"
286 msgstr ""
287
288 msgid ""
241 "style\n"
289 "style\n"
242 " The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
290 " The style file to use when formatting comments."
243 "\n"
291 msgstr ""
292
293 msgid ""
244 "template\n"
294 "template\n"
245 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
295 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
246 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
296 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
247 " extension specifies::\n"
297 " extension specifies::"
248 "\n"
298 msgstr ""
299
300 msgid ""
249 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
301 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
250 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
302 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
251 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
303 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
252 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
304 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories."
253 "\n"
305 msgstr ""
306
307 msgid ""
254 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
308 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
255 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
309 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'"
256 "\n"
310 msgstr ""
311
312 msgid ""
257 "strip\n"
313 "strip\n"
258 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
314 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
259 " {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
315 " {webroot}. Default 0."
260 "\n"
316 msgstr ""
317
318 msgid ""
261 "usermap\n"
319 "usermap\n"
262 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
320 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
263 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
321 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
264 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
322 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section."
265 "\n"
323 msgstr ""
324
325 msgid ""
266 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
326 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
267 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
327 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
268 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
328 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\""
269 "\n"
329 msgstr ""
270 "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
330
271 "\n"
331 msgid "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:"
332 msgstr ""
333
334 msgid ""
272 "baseurl\n"
335 "baseurl\n"
273 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
336 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
274 " templates as {hgweb}.\n"
337 " templates as {hgweb}."
275 "\n"
338 msgstr ""
276 "Activating the extension::\n"
339
277 "\n"
340 msgid "Activating the extension::"
341 msgstr ""
342
343 msgid ""
278 " [extensions]\n"
344 " [extensions]\n"
279 " bugzilla =\n"
345 " bugzilla ="
280 "\n"
346 msgstr ""
347
348 msgid ""
281 " [hooks]\n"
349 " [hooks]\n"
282 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
350 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
283 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
351 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook"
284 "\n"
352 msgstr ""
285 "Example configuration:\n"
353
286 "\n"
354 msgid "Example configuration:"
355 msgstr ""
356
357 msgid ""
287 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
358 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
288 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
359 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
289 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
360 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::"
290 "\n"
361 msgstr ""
362
363 msgid ""
291 " [bugzilla]\n"
364 " [bugzilla]\n"
292 " host=localhost\n"
365 " host=localhost\n"
293 " password=XYZZY\n"
366 " password=XYZZY\n"
@@ -297,20 +370,28 b' msgid ""'
297 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
370 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
298 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
371 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
299 " {desc}\\n\n"
372 " {desc}\\n\n"
300 " strip=5\n"
373 " strip=5"
301 "\n"
374 msgstr ""
375
376 msgid ""
302 " [web]\n"
377 " [web]\n"
303 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n"
378 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg"
304 "\n"
379 msgstr ""
380
381 msgid ""
305 " [usermap]\n"
382 " [usermap]\n"
306 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
383 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com"
307 "\n"
384 msgstr ""
308 "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
385
309 "\n"
386 msgid "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::"
387 msgstr ""
388
389 msgid ""
310 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
390 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
311 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
391 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642"
312 "\n"
392 msgstr ""
313 " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
393
394 msgid " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
314 msgstr ""
395 msgstr ""
315
396
316 #, python-format
397 #, python-format
@@ -387,9 +468,10 b' msgstr ""'
387 msgid "command to display child changesets"
468 msgid "command to display child changesets"
388 msgstr ""
469 msgstr ""
389
470
390 msgid ""
471 msgid "show the children of the given or working directory revision"
391 "show the children of the given or working directory revision\n"
472 msgstr ""
392 "\n"
473
474 msgid ""
393 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
475 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
394 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
476 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
395 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
477 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
@@ -414,38 +496,55 b' msgstr ""'
414 msgid "analyzing"
496 msgid "analyzing"
415 msgstr "analyserar"
497 msgstr "analyserar"
416
498
417 msgid ""
499 msgid "histogram of changes to the repository"
418 "histogram of changes to the repository\n"
500 msgstr ""
419 "\n"
501
502 msgid ""
420 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
503 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
421 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
504 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
422 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
505 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
423 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
506 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
424 " date instead.\n"
507 " date instead."
425 "\n"
508 msgstr ""
509
510 msgid ""
426 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
511 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
427 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
512 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
428 " --changesets option is specified.\n"
513 " --changesets option is specified."
429 "\n"
514 msgstr ""
430 " Examples::\n"
515
431 "\n"
516 msgid " Examples::"
517 msgstr ""
518
519 msgid ""
432 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
520 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
433 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
521 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'"
434 "\n"
522 msgstr ""
523
524 msgid ""
435 " # display daily activity graph\n"
525 " # display daily activity graph\n"
436 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n"
526 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c"
437 "\n"
527 msgstr ""
528
529 msgid ""
438 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
530 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
439 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n"
531 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c"
440 "\n"
532 msgstr ""
533
534 msgid ""
441 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
535 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
442 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
536 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s"
443 "\n"
537 msgstr ""
538
539 msgid ""
444 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
540 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
445 " by providing a file using the following format::\n"
541 " by providing a file using the following format::"
446 "\n"
542 msgstr ""
447 " <alias email> <actual email>\n"
543
448 "\n"
544 msgid " <alias email> <actual email>"
545 msgstr ""
546
547 msgid ""
449 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
548 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
450 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
549 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
451 " "
550 " "
@@ -478,39 +577,72 b' msgstr ""'
478 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [FILE]"
577 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [FILE]"
479 msgstr "hg churn [-d DATUM] [-r REV] [--aliases FIL] [FIL]"
578 msgstr "hg churn [-d DATUM] [-r REV] [--aliases FIL] [FIL]"
480
579
481 msgid ""
580 msgid "colorize output from some commands"
482 "colorize output from some commands\n"
581 msgstr "färglägg utmatning från vissa kommandon"
483 "\n"
582
484 "This extension modifies the status and resolve commands to add color to "
583 msgid ""
485 "their\n"
584 "This extension modifies the status and resolve commands to add color to their\n"
486 "output to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
585 "output to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
487 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
586 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
488 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
587 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
489 "whitespace.\n"
588 "whitespace."
490 "\n"
589 msgstr ""
590 "Denna utökning modifierar kommandona status och resolve för att färglägga\n"
591 "deras utmaning för att spegla filstatus, qseries-kommandon för att\n"
592 "färglägga patchstatus (applicerad, oapplicerad, saknad), och till\n"
593 "diff-relaterade kommandon för att framhäva additioner, borttagningar,\n"
594 "diffhuvuden, och eftersläpande blanktecken."
595
596 msgid ""
491 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
597 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
492 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
598 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
493 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
599 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
494 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
600 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text."
495 "\n"
601 msgstr ""
496 "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
602 "Andra effekter förutom färg, såsom fet och understryken text, är också\n"
497 "\n"
603 "tillgänglig. Effekter renderas med kontrollfunktionerna ECMA-48 SGR\n"
604 "(aka ANSI escape-koder). Denna modul tillhandahåller också funktionen\n"
605 "render_text, som kan användas för att lägga till effekter på valfri text."
606
607 msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::"
608 msgstr "Standardeffekter kan ersättas från .hgrc-filen::"
609
610 msgid ""
498 " [color]\n"
611 " [color]\n"
499 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
612 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
500 " status.added = green bold\n"
613 " status.added = green bold\n"
501 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
614 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
502 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
615 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
503 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
616 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
504 " status.ignored = black bold\n"
617 " status.ignored = black bold"
505 "\n"
618 msgstr ""
619 " [color]\n"
620 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
621 " status.added = green bold\n"
622 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
623 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
624 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
625 " status.ignored = black bold"
626
627 msgid ""
506 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
628 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
507 " status.clean = none\n"
629 " status.clean = none\n"
508 " status.copied = none\n"
630 " status.copied = none"
509 "\n"
631 msgstr ""
632 " # 'none' stänger av alla effekter\n"
633 " status.clean = none\n"
634 " status.copied = none"
635
636 msgid ""
510 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
637 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
511 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
638 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
512 " qseries.missing = red bold\n"
639 " qseries.missing = red bold"
513 "\n"
640 msgstr ""
641 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
642 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
643 " qseries.missing = red bold"
644
645 msgid ""
514 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
646 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
515 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
647 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
516 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
648 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
@@ -519,53 +651,8 b' msgid ""'
519 " diff.deleted = red\n"
651 " diff.deleted = red\n"
520 " diff.inserted = green\n"
652 " diff.inserted = green\n"
521 " diff.changed = white\n"
653 " diff.changed = white\n"
522 " diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
654 " diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background"
523 "\n"
655 msgstr ""
524 " resolve.unresolved = red bold\n"
525 " resolve.resolved = green bold\n"
526 "\n"
527 " bookmarks.current = green\n"
528 "\n"
529 "The color extension will try to detect whether to use ANSI codes or\n"
530 "Win32 console APIs, unless it is made explicit::\n"
531 "\n"
532 " [color]\n"
533 " mode = ansi\n"
534 "\n"
535 "Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', or 'auto' will disable color.\n"
536 "\n"
537 msgstr ""
538 "färglägg utmatning från vissa kommandon\n"
539 "\n"
540 "Denna utökning modifierar kommandona status och resolve för att färglägga\n"
541 "deras utmaning för att spegla filstatus, qseries-kommandon för att\n"
542 "färglägga patchstatus (applicerad, oapplicerad, saknad), och till\n"
543 "diff-relaterade kommandon för att framhäva additioner, borttagningar,\n"
544 "diffhuvuden, och eftersläpande blanktecken.\n"
545 "\n"
546 "Andra effekter förutom färg, såsom fet och understryken text, är också\n"
547 "tillgänglig. Effekter renderas med kontrollfunktionerna ECMA-48 SGR\n"
548 "(aka ANSI escape-koder). Denna modul tillhandahåller också funktionen\n"
549 "render_text, som kan användas för att lägga till effekter på valfri text.\n"
550 "\n"
551 "Standardeffekter kan ersättas från .hgrc-filen::\n"
552 "\n"
553 " [color]\n"
554 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
555 " status.added = green bold\n"
556 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
557 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
558 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
559 " status.ignored = black bold\n"
560 "\n"
561 " # 'none' stänger av alla effekter\n"
562 " status.clean = none\n"
563 " status.copied = none\n"
564 "\n"
565 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
566 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
567 " qseries.missing = red bold\n"
568 "\n"
569 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
656 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
570 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
657 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
571 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
658 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
@@ -574,21 +661,34 b' msgstr ""'
574 " diff.deleted = red\n"
661 " diff.deleted = red\n"
575 " diff.inserted = green\n"
662 " diff.inserted = green\n"
576 " diff.changed = white\n"
663 " diff.changed = white\n"
577 " diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
664 " diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background"
578 "\n"
665
666 msgid ""
667 " resolve.unresolved = red bold\n"
668 " resolve.resolved = green bold"
669 msgstr ""
579 " resolve.unresolved = red bold\n"
670 " resolve.unresolved = red bold\n"
580 " resolve.resolved = green bold\n"
671 " resolve.resolved = green bold"
581 "\n"
672
582 " bookmarks.current = green\n"
673 msgid " bookmarks.current = green"
583 "\n"
674 msgstr " bookmarks.current = green"
675
676 msgid ""
677 "The color extension will try to detect whether to use ANSI codes or\n"
678 "Win32 console APIs, unless it is made explicit::"
679 msgstr ""
584 "Utökningen color försöker att upptäcka om ANSI-koder eller APIer för\n"
680 "Utökningen color försöker att upptäcka om ANSI-koder eller APIer för\n"
585 "konsolen i Win32 om det inte anges explicit::\n"
681 "konsolen i Win32 om det inte anges explicit::"
586 "\n"
682
683 msgid ""
587 " [color]\n"
684 " [color]\n"
588 " mode = ansi\n"
685 " mode = ansi"
589 "\n"
686 msgstr ""
590 "Ett värde skilt från 'ansi', 'win32', eller 'auto' stänger av färg.\n"
687 " [color]\n"
591 "\n"
688 " mode = ansi"
689
690 msgid "Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', or 'auto' will disable color."
691 msgstr "Ett värde skilt från 'ansi', 'win32', eller 'auto' stänger av färg."
592
692
593 #, python-format
693 #, python-format
594 msgid "ignoring unknown color/effect %r (configured in color.%s)\n"
694 msgid "ignoring unknown color/effect %r (configured in color.%s)\n"
@@ -603,11 +703,13 b' msgstr "n\xc3\xa4r f\xc3\xa4rgl\xc3\xa4ggning ska ske (always, auto eller never)"'
603 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
703 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
604 msgstr ""
704 msgstr ""
605
705
606 msgid ""
706 msgid "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one."
607 "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
707 msgstr ""
608 "\n"
708
609 " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
709 msgid " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:"
610 "\n"
710 msgstr ""
711
712 msgid ""
611 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
713 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
612 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
714 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
613 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
715 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -616,72 +718,103 b' msgid ""'
616 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
718 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
617 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
719 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
618 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
720 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
619 " - Perforce [p4]\n"
721 " - Perforce [p4]"
620 "\n"
722 msgstr ""
621 " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
723
622 "\n"
724 msgid " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:"
725 msgstr ""
726
727 msgid ""
623 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
728 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
624 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
729 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)"
625 "\n"
730 msgstr ""
731
732 msgid ""
626 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
733 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
627 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
734 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
628 " (given in a format understood by the source).\n"
735 " (given in a format understood by the source)."
629 "\n"
736 msgstr ""
737
738 msgid ""
630 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
739 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
631 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
740 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
632 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
741 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created."
633 "\n"
742 msgstr ""
743
744 msgid ""
634 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
745 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
635 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
746 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
636 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
747 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:"
637 "\n"
748 msgstr ""
749
750 msgid ""
638 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
751 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
639 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
752 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
640 " the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
753 " the other. It generates more compact repositories."
641 "\n"
754 msgstr ""
755
756 msgid ""
642 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
757 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
643 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
758 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
644 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
759 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
645 " --branchsort.\n"
760 " --branchsort."
646 "\n"
761 msgstr ""
762
763 msgid ""
647 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
764 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
648 " supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
765 " supported by Mercurial sources."
649 "\n"
766 msgstr ""
767
768 msgid ""
650 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
769 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
651 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
770 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
652 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
771 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
653 " revision, like so::\n"
772 " revision, like so::"
654 "\n"
773 msgstr ""
655 " <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
774
656 "\n"
775 msgid " <source ID> <destination ID>"
776 msgstr ""
777
778 msgid ""
657 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
779 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
658 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
780 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
659 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n"
781 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits."
660 "\n"
782 msgstr ""
783
784 msgid ""
661 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
785 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
662 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
786 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
663 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
787 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
664 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
788 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
665 " srcauthor=whatever string you want\n"
789 " srcauthor=whatever string you want"
666 "\n"
790 msgstr ""
791
792 msgid ""
667 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
793 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
668 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
794 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
669 " contain one of the following directives::\n"
795 " contain one of the following directives::"
670 "\n"
796 msgstr ""
671 " include path/to/file\n"
797
672 "\n"
798 msgid " include path/to/file"
673 " exclude path/to/file\n"
799 msgstr ""
674 "\n"
800
675 " rename from/file to/file\n"
801 msgid " exclude path/to/file"
676 "\n"
802 msgstr ""
803
804 msgid " rename from/file to/file"
805 msgstr ""
806
807 msgid ""
677 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
808 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
678 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
809 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
679 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
810 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
680 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
811 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
681 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
812 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
682 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
813 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
683 " '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
814 " '.' as the path to rename to."
684 "\n"
815 msgstr ""
816
817 msgid ""
685 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
818 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
686 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
819 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
687 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
820 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
@@ -694,8 +827,10 b' msgid ""'
694 " should be used as the new parents for that node. For example, if\n"
827 " should be used as the new parents for that node. For example, if\n"
695 " you have merged \"release-1.0\" into \"trunk\", then you should\n"
828 " you have merged \"release-1.0\" into \"trunk\", then you should\n"
696 " specify the revision on \"trunk\" as the first parent and the one on\n"
829 " specify the revision on \"trunk\" as the first parent and the one on\n"
697 " the \"release-1.0\" branch as the second.\n"
830 " the \"release-1.0\" branch as the second."
698 "\n"
831 msgstr ""
832
833 msgid ""
699 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
834 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
700 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
835 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
701 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
836 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
@@ -705,11 +840,15 b' msgid ""'
705 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
840 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
706 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
841 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
707 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
842 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
708 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
843 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
709 "\n"
844 msgstr ""
845
846 msgid ""
710 " Mercurial Source\n"
847 " Mercurial Source\n"
711 " ----------------\n"
848 " ----------------"
712 "\n"
849 msgstr ""
850
851 msgid ""
713 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
852 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
714 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
853 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
715 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
854 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
@@ -718,11 +857,15 b' msgid ""'
718 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
857 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
719 " change)\n"
858 " change)\n"
720 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
859 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
721 " convert start revision and its descendants\n"
860 " convert start revision and its descendants"
722 "\n"
861 msgstr ""
862
863 msgid ""
723 " CVS Source\n"
864 " CVS Source\n"
724 " ----------\n"
865 " ----------"
725 "\n"
866 msgstr ""
867
868 msgid ""
726 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
869 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
727 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
870 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
728 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
871 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
@@ -731,10 +874,13 b' msgid ""'
731 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
874 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
732 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
875 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
733 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
876 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
734 " sandbox is ignored.\n"
877 " sandbox is ignored."
735 "\n"
878 msgstr ""
736 " The options shown are the defaults.\n"
879
737 "\n"
880 msgid " The options shown are the defaults."
881 msgstr ""
882
883 msgid ""
738 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
884 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
739 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
885 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
740 " debugging purposes.\n"
886 " debugging purposes.\n"
@@ -761,16 +907,22 b' msgid ""'
761 " Specify a Python function to be called after the changesets\n"
907 " Specify a Python function to be called after the changesets\n"
762 " are calculated from the the CVS log. The function is passed\n"
908 " are calculated from the the CVS log. The function is passed\n"
763 " a list with the changeset entries, and can modify the changesets\n"
909 " a list with the changeset entries, and can modify the changesets\n"
764 " in-place, or add or delete them.\n"
910 " in-place, or add or delete them."
765 "\n"
911 msgstr ""
912
913 msgid ""
766 " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n"
914 " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n"
767 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
915 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
768 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n"
916 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n"
769 " the command help for more details.\n"
917 " the command help for more details."
770 "\n"
918 msgstr ""
919
920 msgid ""
771 " Subversion Source\n"
921 " Subversion Source\n"
772 " -----------------\n"
922 " -----------------"
773 "\n"
923 msgstr ""
924
925 msgid ""
774 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
926 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
775 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
927 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
776 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
928 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
@@ -780,58 +932,80 b' msgid ""'
780 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
932 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
781 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
933 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
782 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
934 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
783 " detection.\n"
935 " detection."
784 "\n"
936 msgstr ""
937
938 msgid ""
785 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
939 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
786 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
940 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
787 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
941 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
788 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
942 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
789 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
943 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
790 " specify the name of the trunk branch\n"
944 " specify the name of the trunk branch"
791 "\n"
945 msgstr ""
946
947 msgid ""
792 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
948 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
793 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
949 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
794 " conversions are supported.\n"
950 " conversions are supported."
795 "\n"
951 msgstr ""
952
953 msgid ""
796 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
954 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
797 " specify start Subversion revision.\n"
955 " specify start Subversion revision."
798 "\n"
956 msgstr ""
957
958 msgid ""
799 " Perforce Source\n"
959 " Perforce Source\n"
800 " ---------------\n"
960 " ---------------"
801 "\n"
961 msgstr ""
962
963 msgid ""
802 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
964 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
803 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
965 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
804 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
966 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
805 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
967 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
806 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
968 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
807 " target may be named ...-hg.\n"
969 " target may be named ...-hg."
808 "\n"
970 msgstr ""
971
972 msgid ""
809 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
973 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
810 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.\n"
974 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision."
811 "\n"
975 msgstr ""
976
977 msgid ""
812 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
978 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
813 " specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
979 " specify initial Perforce revision."
814 "\n"
980 msgstr ""
981
982 msgid ""
815 " Mercurial Destination\n"
983 " Mercurial Destination\n"
816 " ---------------------\n"
984 " ---------------------"
817 "\n"
985 msgstr ""
986
987 msgid ""
818 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
988 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
819 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
989 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
820 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
990 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
821 " tag revisions branch name\n"
991 " tag revisions branch name\n"
822 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
992 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
823 " preserve branch names\n"
993 " preserve branch names"
824 "\n"
994 msgstr ""
825 " "
995
826 msgstr ""
996 msgid " "
827
997 msgstr ""
828 msgid ""
998
829 "create changeset information from CVS\n"
999 msgid "create changeset information from CVS"
830 "\n"
1000 msgstr ""
1001
1002 msgid ""
831 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
1003 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
832 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
1004 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
833 " cvsps.\n"
1005 " cvsps."
834 "\n"
1006 msgstr ""
1007
1008 msgid ""
835 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
1009 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
836 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
1010 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
837 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
1011 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
@@ -904,9 +1078,7 b' msgstr ""'
904 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
1078 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
905 msgstr ""
1079 msgstr ""
906
1080
907 msgid ""
1081 msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n"
908 "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
909 "regular branch instead.\n"
910 msgstr ""
1082 msgstr ""
911
1083
912 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
1084 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
@@ -1026,8 +1198,7 b' msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed'
1026 msgstr ""
1198 msgstr ""
1027
1199
1028 #, python-format
1200 #, python-format
1029 msgid ""
1201 msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1030 "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1031 msgstr ""
1202 msgstr ""
1032
1203
1033 #, python-format
1204 #, python-format
@@ -1136,8 +1307,7 b' msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\\n"'
1136 msgstr ""
1307 msgstr ""
1137
1308
1138 #, python-format
1309 #, python-format
1139 msgid ""
1310 msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1140 "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1141 msgstr ""
1311 msgstr ""
1142
1312
1143 #, python-format
1313 #, python-format
@@ -1187,9 +1357,7 b' msgstr ""'
1187 msgid "Mercurial failed to run itself, check hg executable is in PATH"
1357 msgid "Mercurial failed to run itself, check hg executable is in PATH"
1188 msgstr ""
1358 msgstr ""
1189
1359
1190 msgid ""
1360 msgid "svn: cannot probe remote repository, assume it could be a subversion repository. Use --source-type if you know better.\n"
1191 "svn: cannot probe remote repository, assume it could be a subversion "
1192 "repository. Use --source-type if you know better.\n"
1193 msgstr ""
1361 msgstr ""
1194
1362
1195 msgid "Subversion python bindings could not be loaded"
1363 msgid "Subversion python bindings could not be loaded"
@@ -1274,37 +1442,50 b' msgstr ""'
1274 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1442 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1275 msgstr ""
1443 msgstr ""
1276
1444
1277 msgid ""
1445 msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions"
1278 "command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
1446 msgstr ""
1279 "\n"
1447
1448 msgid ""
1280 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1449 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1281 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1450 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1282 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1451 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1283 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1452 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1284 "files to compare.\n"
1453 "files to compare."
1285 "\n"
1454 msgstr ""
1455
1456 msgid ""
1286 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1457 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1287 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
1458 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::"
1288 "\n"
1459 msgstr ""
1460
1461 msgid ""
1289 " [extdiff]\n"
1462 " [extdiff]\n"
1290 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1463 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1291 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1464 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1292 " ## or the old way:\n"
1465 " ## or the old way:\n"
1293 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1466 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1294 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n"
1467 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5"
1295 "\n"
1468 msgstr ""
1469
1470 msgid ""
1296 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1471 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1297 " vdiff = kdiff3\n"
1472 " vdiff = kdiff3"
1298 "\n"
1473 msgstr ""
1474
1475 msgid ""
1299 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1476 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1300 " meld =\n"
1477 " meld ="
1301 "\n"
1478 msgstr ""
1479
1480 msgid ""
1302 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1481 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1303 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1482 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1304 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1483 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1305 " # your .vimrc\n"
1484 " # your .vimrc\n"
1306 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
1485 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'"
1307 "\n"
1486 msgstr ""
1487
1488 msgid ""
1308 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1489 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1309 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1490 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1310 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
1491 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
@@ -1325,18 +1506,23 b' msgstr ""'
1325 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1506 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1326 msgstr ""
1507 msgstr ""
1327
1508
1328 msgid ""
1509 msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)"
1329 "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1510 msgstr ""
1330 "\n"
1511
1512 msgid ""
1331 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1513 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1332 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1514 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1333 " default options \"-Npru\".\n"
1515 " default options \"-Npru\"."
1334 "\n"
1516 msgstr ""
1517
1518 msgid ""
1335 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1519 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1336 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1520 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1337 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1521 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1338 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n"
1522 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare."
1339 "\n"
1523 msgstr ""
1524
1525 msgid ""
1340 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1526 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1341 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1527 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1342 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
1528 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
@@ -1357,17 +1543,13 b' msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."'
1357 msgstr ""
1543 msgstr ""
1358
1544
1359 #, python-format
1545 #, python-format
1360 msgid ""
1546 msgid "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)"
1361 "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1547 msgstr ""
1362 "\n"
1548
1549 #, python-format
1550 msgid ""
1363 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1551 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1364 " the %(path)s program.\n"
1552 " the %(path)s program."
1365 "\n"
1366 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1367 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1368 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
1369 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
1370 " to its parent."
1371 msgstr ""
1553 msgstr ""
1372
1554
1373 #, python-format
1555 #, python-format
@@ -1377,28 +1559,34 b' msgstr ""'
1377 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1559 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1378 msgstr ""
1560 msgstr ""
1379
1561
1380 msgid ""
1562 msgid "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed."
1381 "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n"
1563 msgstr ""
1382 "\n"
1564
1565 msgid ""
1383 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1566 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1384 " or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n"
1567 " or URL and adds them to the local repository."
1385 "\n"
1568 msgstr ""
1569
1570 msgid ""
1386 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1571 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1387 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1572 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1388 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1573 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1389 " changes.\n"
1574 " changes."
1390 "\n"
1575 msgstr ""
1576
1577 msgid ""
1391 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1578 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1392 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1579 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1393 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1580 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1394 " order, use --switch-parent.\n"
1581 " order, use --switch-parent."
1395 "\n"
1582 msgstr ""
1583
1584 msgid ""
1396 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1585 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1397 " "
1586 " "
1398 msgstr ""
1587 msgstr ""
1399
1588
1400 msgid ""
1589 msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1401 "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1402 msgstr ""
1590 msgstr ""
1403
1591
1404 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
1592 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
@@ -1410,23 +1598,18 b' msgstr ""'
1410 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1598 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1411 msgstr ""
1599 msgstr ""
1412
1600
1413 msgid ""
1601 msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1414 "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1415 msgstr ""
1602 msgstr ""
1416
1603
1417 #, python-format
1604 #, python-format
1418 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1605 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1419 msgstr "drar från %s\n"
1606 msgstr "drar från %s\n"
1420
1607
1421 msgid ""
1608 msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified."
1422 "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
1609 msgstr ""
1423 "specified."
1610
1424 msgstr ""
1611 #, python-format
1425
1612 msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n"
1426 #, python-format
1427 msgid ""
1428 "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
1429 "\" to merge them)\n"
1430 msgstr ""
1613 msgstr ""
1431
1614
1432 #, python-format
1615 #, python-format
@@ -1488,14 +1671,12 b' msgstr ""'
1488 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1671 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1489 msgstr ""
1672 msgstr ""
1490
1673
1491 msgid ""
1674 msgid "add a signature for the current or given revision"
1492 "add a signature for the current or given revision\n"
1675 msgstr ""
1493 "\n"
1676
1677 msgid ""
1494 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1678 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1495 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
1679 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
1496 "\n"
1497 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1498 " "
1499 msgstr ""
1680 msgstr ""
1500
1681
1501 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
1682 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
@@ -1508,9 +1689,7 b' msgstr "Signerar %d:%s\\n"'
1508 msgid "Error while signing"
1689 msgid "Error while signing"
1509 msgstr ""
1690 msgstr ""
1510
1691
1511 msgid ""
1692 msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)"
1512 "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
1513 "force)"
1514 msgstr ""
1693 msgstr ""
1515
1694
1516 msgid "unknown signature version"
1695 msgid "unknown signature version"
@@ -1540,15 +1719,14 b' msgstr ""'
1540 msgid "hg sigs"
1719 msgid "hg sigs"
1541 msgstr ""
1720 msgstr ""
1542
1721
1543 msgid ""
1722 msgid "command to view revision graphs from a shell"
1544 "command to view revision graphs from a shell\n"
1723 msgstr "kommando för att se revisionsgrafer i ett skal"
1545 "\n"
1724
1725 msgid ""
1546 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1726 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1547 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1727 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1548 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
1728 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
1549 msgstr ""
1729 msgstr ""
1550 "kommando för att se revisionsgrafer i ett skal\n"
1551 "\n"
1552 "Denna utökning lägger till flaggan --graph till kommandona incoming,\n"
1730 "Denna utökning lägger till flaggan --graph till kommandona incoming,\n"
1553 "outgoing och log. När flaggan anges, visas också en ASCII-version av\n"
1731 "outgoing och log. När flaggan anges, visas också en ASCII-version av\n"
1554 "revisionsgrafen.\n"
1732 "revisionsgrafen.\n"
@@ -1557,21 +1735,21 b' msgstr ""'
1557 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1735 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1558 msgstr "flaggan --graph är inkompatibel med --%s"
1736 msgstr "flaggan --graph är inkompatibel med --%s"
1559
1737
1560 msgid ""
1738 msgid "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph"
1561 "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n"
1739 msgstr "visa revisionshistorik vid sidan av en ASCII-revisionsgraf"
1562 "\n"
1740
1741 msgid ""
1563 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1742 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1564 " ASCII characters.\n"
1743 " ASCII characters."
1565 "\n"
1744 msgstr ""
1745 " Visa en revisionshistorik bredvid en revisionsgraf ritad med\n"
1746 " ASCII-tecken."
1747
1748 msgid ""
1566 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1749 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1567 " directory.\n"
1750 " directory.\n"
1568 " "
1751 " "
1569 msgstr ""
1752 msgstr ""
1570 "visa revisionshistorik vid sidan av en ASCII-revisionsgraf\n"
1571 "\n"
1572 " Visa en revisionshistorik bredvid en revisionsgraf ritad med\n"
1573 " ASCII-tecken.\n"
1574 "\n"
1575 " Noder visade som ett @-tecken är föräldrar till arbetskatalogen.\n"
1753 " Noder visade som ett @-tecken är föräldrar till arbetskatalogen.\n"
1576 " "
1754 " "
1577
1755
@@ -1597,12 +1775,15 b' msgstr "visa den specifika revisionen el'
1597 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1775 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1598 msgstr "hg glog [FLAGGA]... [FIL]"
1776 msgstr "hg glog [FLAGGA]... [FIL]"
1599
1777
1600 msgid ""
1778 msgid "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service"
1601 "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
1779 msgstr ""
1602 "\n"
1780
1781 msgid ""
1603 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1782 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1604 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
1783 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::"
1605 "\n"
1784 msgstr ""
1785
1786 msgid ""
1606 " [cia]\n"
1787 " [cia]\n"
1607 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1788 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1608 " user = foo\n"
1789 " user = foo\n"
@@ -1622,13 +1803,17 b' msgid ""'
1622 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1803 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1623 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1804 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1624 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1805 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1625 " #test = False\n"
1806 " #test = False"
1626 "\n"
1807 msgstr ""
1808
1809 msgid ""
1627 " [hooks]\n"
1810 " [hooks]\n"
1628 " # one of these:\n"
1811 " # one of these:\n"
1629 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1812 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1630 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1813 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook"
1631 "\n"
1814 msgstr ""
1815
1816 msgid ""
1632 " [web]\n"
1817 " [web]\n"
1633 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1818 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1634 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
1819 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
@@ -1645,32 +1830,45 b' msgstr ""'
1645 msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email"
1830 msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email"
1646 msgstr ""
1831 msgstr ""
1647
1832
1648 msgid ""
1833 msgid "browse the repository in a graphical way"
1649 "browse the repository in a graphical way\n"
1834 msgstr ""
1650 "\n"
1835
1836 msgid ""
1651 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1837 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1652 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1838 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1653 "distributed with Mercurial.)\n"
1839 "distributed with Mercurial.)"
1654 "\n"
1840 msgstr ""
1841
1842 msgid ""
1655 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1843 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1656 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1844 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1657 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1845 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1658 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1846 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1659 "repository, and needs to be enabled.\n"
1847 "repository, and needs to be enabled."
1660 "\n"
1848 msgstr ""
1849
1850 msgid ""
1661 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1851 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1662 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1852 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1663 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
1853 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::"
1664 "\n"
1854 msgstr ""
1855
1856 msgid ""
1665 " [hgk]\n"
1857 " [hgk]\n"
1666 " path=/location/of/hgk\n"
1858 " path=/location/of/hgk"
1667 "\n"
1859 msgstr ""
1860
1861 msgid ""
1668 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
1862 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
1669 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
1863 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::"
1670 "\n"
1864 msgstr ""
1865
1866 msgid ""
1671 " [hgk]\n"
1867 " [hgk]\n"
1672 " vdiff=vdiff\n"
1868 " vdiff=vdiff"
1673 "\n"
1869 msgstr ""
1870
1871 msgid ""
1674 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
1872 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
1675 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
1873 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
1676 msgstr ""
1874 msgstr ""
@@ -1756,18 +1954,23 b' msgstr ""'
1756 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
1954 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
1757 msgstr ""
1955 msgstr ""
1758
1956
1759 msgid ""
1957 msgid "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)"
1760 "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n"
1958 msgstr ""
1761 "\n"
1959
1960 msgid ""
1762 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
1961 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
1763 "http://pygments.org/\n"
1962 "http://pygments.org/"
1764 "\n"
1963 msgstr ""
1765 "There is a single configuration option::\n"
1964
1766 "\n"
1965 msgid "There is a single configuration option::"
1966 msgstr ""
1967
1968 msgid ""
1767 " [web]\n"
1969 " [web]\n"
1768 " pygments_style = <style>\n"
1970 " pygments_style = <style>"
1769 "\n"
1971 msgstr ""
1770 "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
1972
1973 msgid "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
1771 msgstr ""
1974 msgstr ""
1772
1975
1773 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
1976 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
@@ -1776,9 +1979,10 b' msgstr ""'
1776 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
1979 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
1777 msgstr ""
1980 msgstr ""
1778
1981
1779 msgid ""
1982 msgid "debugging information for inotify extension"
1780 "debugging information for inotify extension\n"
1983 msgstr ""
1781 "\n"
1984
1985 msgid ""
1782 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
1986 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
1783 " "
1987 " "
1784 msgstr ""
1988 msgstr ""
@@ -1913,9 +2117,7 b' msgstr ""'
1913 msgid "cannot start: socket is already bound"
2117 msgid "cannot start: socket is already bound"
1914 msgstr ""
2118 msgstr ""
1915
2119
1916 msgid ""
2120 msgid "cannot start: tried linking .hg/inotify.sock to a temporary socket but .hg/inotify.sock already exists"
1917 "cannot start: tried linking .hg/inotify.sock to a temporary socket but .hg/"
1918 "inotify.sock already exists"
1919 msgstr ""
2121 msgstr ""
1920
2122
1921 #, python-format
2123 #, python-format
@@ -1930,20 +2132,24 b' msgstr ""'
1930 msgid "unrecognized query type: %s\n"
2132 msgid "unrecognized query type: %s\n"
1931 msgstr ""
2133 msgstr ""
1932
2134
1933 msgid ""
2135 msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries"
1934 "expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
2136 msgstr ""
1935 "\n"
2137
2138 msgid ""
1936 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2139 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
1937 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2140 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
1938 "expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
2141 "expression, much like InterWiki does."
1939 "\n"
2142 msgstr ""
2143
2144 msgid ""
1940 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2145 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
1941 "in your hgrc::\n"
2146 "in your hgrc::"
1942 "\n"
2147 msgstr ""
2148
2149 msgid ""
1943 " [interhg]\n"
2150 " [interhg]\n"
1944 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2151 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
1945 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
2152 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n"
1946 "i\n"
1947 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2153 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
1948 msgstr ""
2154 msgstr ""
1949
2155
@@ -1955,52 +2161,76 b' msgstr ""'
1955 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2161 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
1956 msgstr ""
2162 msgstr ""
1957
2163
1958 msgid ""
2164 msgid "expand keywords in tracked files"
1959 "expand keywords in tracked files\n"
2165 msgstr ""
1960 "\n"
2166
2167 msgid ""
1961 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2168 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
1962 "tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n"
2169 "tracked text files selected by your configuration."
1963 "\n"
2170 msgstr ""
2171
2172 msgid ""
1964 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2173 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
1965 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2174 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
1966 "current user or for archive distribution.\n"
2175 "current user or for archive distribution."
1967 "\n"
2176 msgstr ""
2177
2178 msgid ""
1968 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2179 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
1969 "hgrc files.\n"
2180 "hgrc files."
1970 "\n"
2181 msgstr ""
1971 "Example::\n"
2182
1972 "\n"
2183 msgid "Example::"
2184 msgstr ""
2185
2186 msgid ""
1973 " [keyword]\n"
2187 " [keyword]\n"
1974 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2188 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
1975 " **.py =\n"
2189 " **.py =\n"
1976 " x* = ignore\n"
2190 " x* = ignore"
1977 "\n"
2191 msgstr ""
2192
2193 msgid ""
1978 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2194 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
1979 "lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
2195 "lose speed in huge repositories."
1980 "\n"
2196 msgstr ""
2197
2198 msgid ""
1981 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2199 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
1982 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2200 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
1983 "available templates and filters.\n"
2201 "available templates and filters."
1984 "\n"
2202 msgstr ""
2203
2204 msgid ""
1985 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2205 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
1986 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
2206 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"."
1987 "\n"
2207 msgstr ""
2208
2209 msgid ""
1988 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2210 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
1989 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2211 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
1990 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n"
2212 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes."
1991 "\n"
2213 msgstr ""
2214
2215 msgid ""
1992 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2216 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
1993 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2217 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
1994 "history.\n"
2218 "history."
1995 "\n"
2219 msgstr ""
2220
2221 msgid ""
1996 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2222 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
1997 "\"hg kwexpand\".\n"
2223 "\"hg kwexpand\"."
1998 "\n"
2224 msgstr ""
2225
2226 msgid ""
1999 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2227 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2000 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2228 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2001 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2229 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2002 "have been checked in.\n"
2230 "have been checked in."
2003 "\n"
2231 msgstr ""
2232
2233 msgid ""
2004 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2234 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2005 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2235 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2006 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
2236 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
@@ -2020,17 +2250,23 b' msgstr ""'
2020 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2250 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2021 msgstr ""
2251 msgstr ""
2022
2252
2023 msgid ""
2253 msgid "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example"
2024 "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n"
2254 msgstr ""
2025 "\n"
2255
2256 msgid ""
2026 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2257 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2027 " expansions.\n"
2258 " expansions."
2028 "\n"
2259 msgstr ""
2260
2261 msgid ""
2029 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2262 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2030 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
2263 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file."
2031 "\n"
2264 msgstr ""
2032 " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
2265
2033 "\n"
2266 msgid " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration."
2267 msgstr ""
2268
2269 msgid ""
2034 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2270 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2035 " "
2271 " "
2036 msgstr ""
2272 msgstr ""
@@ -2077,31 +2313,42 b' msgid ""'
2077 "\tkeywords expanded\n"
2313 "\tkeywords expanded\n"
2078 msgstr ""
2314 msgstr ""
2079
2315
2080 msgid ""
2316 msgid "expand keywords in the working directory"
2081 "expand keywords in the working directory\n"
2317 msgstr ""
2082 "\n"
2318
2083 " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n"
2319 msgid " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion."
2084 "\n"
2320 msgstr ""
2321
2322 msgid ""
2085 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2323 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2086 " "
2324 " "
2087 msgstr ""
2325 msgstr ""
2088
2326
2089 msgid ""
2327 msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion"
2090 "show files configured for keyword expansion\n"
2328 msgstr ""
2091 "\n"
2329
2330 msgid ""
2092 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2331 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2093 " [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
2332 " [keyword] configuration patterns."
2094 "\n"
2333 msgstr ""
2334
2335 msgid ""
2095 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2336 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2096 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2337 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2097 " expansion.\n"
2338 " expansion."
2098 "\n"
2339 msgstr ""
2340
2341 msgid ""
2099 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2342 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2100 " inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
2343 " inclusion and exclusion of files."
2101 "\n"
2344 msgstr ""
2345
2346 msgid ""
2102 " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2347 " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2103 " of files are::\n"
2348 " of files are::"
2104 "\n"
2349 msgstr ""
2350
2351 msgid ""
2105 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2352 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2106 " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n"
2353 " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n"
2107 " I = ignored\n"
2354 " I = ignored\n"
@@ -2109,12 +2356,15 b' msgid ""'
2109 " "
2356 " "
2110 msgstr ""
2357 msgstr ""
2111
2358
2112 msgid ""
2359 msgid "revert expanded keywords in the working directory"
2113 "revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n"
2360 msgstr ""
2114 "\n"
2361
2362 msgid ""
2115 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2363 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2116 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n"
2364 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"."
2117 "\n"
2365 msgstr ""
2366
2367 msgid ""
2118 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2368 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2119 " "
2369 " "
2120 msgstr ""
2370 msgstr ""
@@ -2146,35 +2396,51 b' msgstr ""'
2146 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2396 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2147 msgstr ""
2397 msgstr ""
2148
2398
2149 msgid ""
2399 msgid "manage a stack of patches"
2150 "manage a stack of patches\n"
2400 msgstr ""
2151 "\n"
2401
2402 msgid ""
2152 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2403 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2153 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2404 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2154 "applied patches (subset of known patches).\n"
2405 "applied patches (subset of known patches)."
2155 "\n"
2406 msgstr ""
2407
2408 msgid ""
2156 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2409 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2157 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
2410 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets."
2158 "\n"
2411 msgstr ""
2159 "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
2412
2160 "\n"
2413 msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::"
2414 msgstr ""
2415
2416 msgid ""
2161 " create new patch qnew\n"
2417 " create new patch qnew\n"
2162 " import existing patch qimport\n"
2418 " import existing patch qimport"
2163 "\n"
2419 msgstr ""
2420
2421 msgid ""
2164 " print patch series qseries\n"
2422 " print patch series qseries\n"
2165 " print applied patches qapplied\n"
2423 " print applied patches qapplied"
2166 "\n"
2424 msgstr ""
2425
2426 msgid ""
2167 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2427 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2168 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2428 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2169 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
2429 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh"
2170 "\n"
2430 msgstr ""
2431
2432 msgid ""
2171 "By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to\n"
2433 "By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to\n"
2172 "avoid losing file mode changes, copy records, binary files or empty\n"
2434 "avoid losing file mode changes, copy records, binary files or empty\n"
2173 "files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with::\n"
2435 "files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with::"
2174 "\n"
2436 msgstr ""
2437
2438 msgid ""
2175 " [mq]\n"
2439 " [mq]\n"
2176 " git = auto/keep/yes/no\n"
2440 " git = auto/keep/yes/no"
2177 "\n"
2441 msgstr ""
2442
2443 msgid ""
2178 "If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while\n"
2444 "If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while\n"
2179 "preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or\n"
2445 "preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or\n"
2180 "'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or\n"
2446 "'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or\n"
@@ -2414,9 +2680,7 b' msgstr ""'
2414 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2680 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2415 msgstr ""
2681 msgstr ""
2416
2682
2417 msgid ""
2683 msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2418 "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to "
2419 "recover)\n"
2420 msgstr ""
2684 msgstr ""
2421
2685
2422 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
2686 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
@@ -2510,13 +2774,15 b' msgstr ""'
2510 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2774 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2511 msgstr ""
2775 msgstr ""
2512
2776
2513 msgid ""
2777 msgid "remove patches from queue"
2514 "remove patches from queue\n"
2778 msgstr ""
2515 "\n"
2779
2516 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
2780 msgid ""
2517 "With\n"
2781 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n"
2518 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.\n"
2782 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory."
2519 "\n"
2783 msgstr ""
2784
2785 msgid ""
2520 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2786 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2521 " use the qfinish command."
2787 " use the qfinish command."
2522 msgstr ""
2788 msgstr ""
@@ -2533,60 +2799,79 b' msgstr ""'
2533 msgid "all patches applied\n"
2799 msgid "all patches applied\n"
2534 msgstr ""
2800 msgstr ""
2535
2801
2536 msgid ""
2802 msgid "import a patch"
2537 "import a patch\n"
2803 msgstr ""
2538 "\n"
2804
2805 msgid ""
2539 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2806 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2540 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2807 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2541 " to the series.\n"
2808 " to the series."
2542 "\n"
2809 msgstr ""
2810
2811 msgid ""
2543 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2812 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2544 " give it a new one with -n/--name.\n"
2813 " give it a new one with -n/--name."
2545 "\n"
2814 msgstr ""
2815
2816 msgid ""
2546 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2817 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2547 " the -e/--existing flag.\n"
2818 " the -e/--existing flag."
2548 "\n"
2819 msgstr ""
2820
2821 msgid ""
2549 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
2822 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
2550 " overwritten.\n"
2823 " overwritten."
2551 "\n"
2824 msgstr ""
2825
2826 msgid ""
2552 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
2827 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
2553 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
2828 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
2554 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
2829 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
2555 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
2830 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
2556 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
2831 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
2557 " changes.\n"
2832 " changes."
2558 "\n"
2833 msgstr ""
2834
2835 msgid ""
2559 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
2836 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
2560 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
2837 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
2561 " using the --name flag.\n"
2838 " using the --name flag.\n"
2562 " "
2839 " "
2563 msgstr ""
2840 msgstr ""
2564
2841
2565 msgid ""
2842 msgid "init a new queue repository (DEPRECATED)"
2566 "init a new queue repository (DEPRECATED)\n"
2843 msgstr ""
2567 "\n"
2844
2845 msgid ""
2568 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
2846 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
2569 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
2847 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
2570 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
2848 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
2571 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
2849 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
2572 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository.\n"
2850 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
2573 "\n"
2851 msgstr ""
2852
2853 msgid ""
2574 " This command is deprecated. Without -c, it's implied by other relevant\n"
2854 " This command is deprecated. Without -c, it's implied by other relevant\n"
2575 " commands. With -c, use hg init --mq instead."
2855 " commands. With -c, use hg init --mq instead."
2576 msgstr ""
2856 msgstr ""
2577
2857
2578 msgid ""
2858 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
2579 "clone main and patch repository at same time\n"
2859 msgstr ""
2580 "\n"
2860
2861 msgid ""
2581 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
2862 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
2582 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
2863 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
2583 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
2864 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
2584 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
2865 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
2585 " before that it has no patches applied.\n"
2866 " before that it has no patches applied."
2586 "\n"
2867 msgstr ""
2868
2869 msgid ""
2587 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
2870 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
2588 " default. Use -p <url> to change.\n"
2871 " default. Use -p <url> to change."
2589 "\n"
2872 msgstr ""
2873
2874 msgid ""
2590 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
2875 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
2591 " would be created by init --mq.\n"
2876 " would be created by init --mq.\n"
2592 " "
2877 " "
@@ -2607,14 +2892,11 b' msgstr ""'
2607 msgid "updating destination repository\n"
2892 msgid "updating destination repository\n"
2608 msgstr ""
2893 msgstr ""
2609
2894
2610 msgid ""
2895 msgid "commit changes in the queue repository (DEPRECATED)"
2611 "commit changes in the queue repository (DEPRECATED)\n"
2896 msgstr "arkivera ändringar i köarkivet (FÖRÅLDRAD)"
2612 "\n"
2897
2613 " This command is deprecated; use hg commit --mq instead."
2898 msgid " This command is deprecated; use hg commit --mq instead."
2614 msgstr ""
2899 msgstr " Detta är ett föråldrat kommando; använd hg commit --mq istället."
2615 "arkivera ändringar i köarkivet (FÖRÅLDRAD)\n"
2616 "\n"
2617 " Detta är ett föråldrat kommando; använd hg commit --mq istället."
2618
2900
2619 msgid "print the entire series file"
2901 msgid "print the entire series file"
2620 msgstr ""
2902 msgstr ""
@@ -2628,24 +2910,31 b' msgstr ""'
2628 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
2910 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
2629 msgstr ""
2911 msgstr ""
2630
2912
2631 msgid ""
2913 msgid "create a new patch"
2632 "create a new patch\n"
2914 msgstr ""
2633 "\n"
2915
2916 msgid ""
2634 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
2917 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
2635 " any). The patch will be initialized with any outstanding changes\n"
2918 " any). The patch will be initialized with any outstanding changes\n"
2636 " in the working directory. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
2919 " in the working directory. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
2637 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
2920 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
2638 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
2921 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
2639 " as uncommitted modifications.\n"
2922 " as uncommitted modifications."
2640 "\n"
2923 msgstr ""
2924
2925 msgid ""
2641 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
2926 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
2642 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
2927 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
2643 " to current user and date to current date.\n"
2928 " to current user and date to current date."
2644 "\n"
2929 msgstr ""
2930
2931 msgid ""
2645 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
2932 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
2646 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
2933 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
2647 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.\n"
2934 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'."
2648 "\n"
2935 msgstr ""
2936
2937 msgid ""
2649 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
2938 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
2650 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
2939 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
2651 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
2940 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
@@ -2653,16 +2942,21 b' msgid ""'
2653 " "
2942 " "
2654 msgstr ""
2943 msgstr ""
2655
2944
2656 msgid ""
2945 msgid "update the current patch"
2657 "update the current patch\n"
2946 msgstr ""
2658 "\n"
2947
2948 msgid ""
2659 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
2949 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
2660 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
2950 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
2661 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory.\n"
2951 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory."
2662 "\n"
2952 msgstr ""
2953
2954 msgid ""
2663 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
2955 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
2664 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n"
2956 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch."
2665 "\n"
2957 msgstr ""
2958
2959 msgid ""
2666 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
2960 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
2667 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
2961 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
2668 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
2962 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
@@ -2673,14 +2967,17 b' msgstr ""'
2673 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
2967 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
2674 msgstr ""
2968 msgstr ""
2675
2969
2676 msgid ""
2970 msgid "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications"
2677 "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n"
2971 msgstr ""
2678 "\n"
2972
2973 msgid ""
2679 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
2974 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
2680 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
2975 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
2681 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
2976 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
2682 " after a qrefresh).\n"
2977 " after a qrefresh)."
2683 "\n"
2978 msgstr ""
2979
2980 msgid ""
2684 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
2981 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
2685 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
2982 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
2686 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
2983 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
@@ -2688,16 +2985,19 b' msgid ""'
2688 " "
2985 " "
2689 msgstr ""
2986 msgstr ""
2690
2987
2691 msgid ""
2988 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
2692 "fold the named patches into the current patch\n"
2989 msgstr ""
2693 "\n"
2990
2991 msgid ""
2694 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
2992 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
2695 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
2993 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
2696 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
2994 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
2697 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
2995 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
2698 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
2996 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
2699 " removed afterwards.\n"
2997 " removed afterwards."
2700 "\n"
2998 msgstr ""
2999
3000 msgid ""
2701 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
3001 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
2702 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
3002 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
2703 msgstr ""
3003 msgstr ""
@@ -2723,21 +3023,27 b' msgstr ""'
2723 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
3023 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
2724 msgstr ""
3024 msgstr ""
2725
3025
2726 msgid ""
3026 msgid "set or print guards for a patch"
2727 "set or print guards for a patch\n"
3027 msgstr ""
2728 "\n"
3028
3029 msgid ""
2729 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
3030 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
2730 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
3031 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
2731 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
3032 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
2732 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
3033 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
2733 " has activated it.\n"
3034 " has activated it."
2734 "\n"
3035 msgstr ""
3036
3037 msgid ""
2735 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
3038 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
2736 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
3039 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
2737 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'.\n"
3040 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
2738 "\n"
3041 msgstr ""
2739 " To set guards on another patch::\n"
3042
2740 "\n"
3043 msgid " To set guards on another patch::"
3044 msgstr ""
3045
3046 msgid ""
2741 " hg qguard other.patch -- +2.6.17 -stable\n"
3047 " hg qguard other.patch -- +2.6.17 -stable\n"
2742 " "
3048 " "
2743 msgstr ""
3049 msgstr ""
@@ -2755,9 +3061,10 b' msgstr ""'
2755 msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch"
3061 msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch"
2756 msgstr ""
3062 msgstr ""
2757
3063
2758 msgid ""
3064 msgid "push the next patch onto the stack"
2759 "push the next patch onto the stack\n"
3065 msgstr ""
2760 "\n"
3066
3067 msgid ""
2761 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
3068 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
2762 " will be lost.\n"
3069 " will be lost.\n"
2763 " "
3070 " "
@@ -2770,9 +3077,10 b' msgstr ""'
2770 msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n"
3077 msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n"
2771 msgstr ""
3078 msgstr ""
2772
3079
2773 msgid ""
3080 msgid "pop the current patch off the stack"
2774 "pop the current patch off the stack\n"
3081 msgstr ""
2775 "\n"
3082
3083 msgid ""
2776 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
3084 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
2777 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
3085 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
2778 " top of the stack.\n"
3086 " top of the stack.\n"
@@ -2783,9 +3091,10 b' msgstr ""'
2783 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
3091 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
2784 msgstr ""
3092 msgstr ""
2785
3093
2786 msgid ""
3094 msgid "rename a patch"
2787 "rename a patch\n"
3095 msgstr ""
2788 "\n"
3096
3097 msgid ""
2789 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
3098 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
2790 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
3099 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
2791 msgstr ""
3100 msgstr ""
@@ -2802,16 +3111,13 b' msgstr ""'
2802 msgid "renaming %s to %s\n"
3111 msgid "renaming %s to %s\n"
2803 msgstr "döper om %s till %s\n"
3112 msgstr "döper om %s till %s\n"
2804
3113
2805 msgid ""
3114 msgid "restore the queue state saved by a revision (DEPRECATED)"
2806 "restore the queue state saved by a revision (DEPRECATED)\n"
3115 msgstr ""
2807 "\n"
3116
2808 " This command is deprecated, use rebase --mq instead."
3117 msgid " This command is deprecated, use rebase --mq instead."
2809 msgstr ""
3118 msgstr ""
2810
3119
2811 msgid ""
3120 msgid "save current queue state (DEPRECATED)"
2812 "save current queue state (DEPRECATED)\n"
2813 "\n"
2814 " This command is deprecated, use rebase --mq instead."
2815 msgstr ""
3121 msgstr ""
2816
3122
2817 #, python-format
3123 #, python-format
@@ -2826,45 +3132,59 b' msgstr ""'
2826 msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
3132 msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
2827 msgstr ""
3133 msgstr ""
2828
3134
2829 msgid ""
3135 msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository"
2830 "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n"
3136 msgstr ""
2831 "\n"
3137
3138 msgid ""
2832 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
3139 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
2833 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
3140 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
2834 " revision.\n"
3141 " revision.\n"
2835 " "
3142 " "
2836 msgstr ""
3143 msgstr ""
2837
3144
2838 msgid ""
3145 msgid "set or print guarded patches to push"
2839 "set or print guarded patches to push\n"
3146 msgstr ""
2840 "\n"
3147
3148 msgid ""
2841 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
3149 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
2842 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
3150 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
2843 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
3151 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
2844 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
3152 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
2845 " match the current guard. For example::\n"
3153 " match the current guard. For example::"
2846 "\n"
3154 msgstr ""
3155
3156 msgid ""
2847 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
3157 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
2848 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
3158 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
2849 " qselect stable\n"
3159 " qselect stable"
2850 "\n"
3160 msgstr ""
3161
3162 msgid ""
2851 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
3163 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
2852 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
3164 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
2853 " positive match).\n"
3165 " positive match)."
2854 "\n"
3166 msgstr ""
3167
3168 msgid ""
2855 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
3169 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
2856 " With one argument, sets the active guard.\n"
3170 " With one argument, sets the active guard."
2857 "\n"
3171 msgstr ""
3172
3173 msgid ""
2858 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
3174 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
2859 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
3175 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
2860 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n"
3176 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed."
2861 "\n"
3177 msgstr ""
3178
3179 msgid ""
2862 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3180 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
2863 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3181 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
2864 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3182 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
2865 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3183 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
2866 " guarded patches.\n"
3184 " guarded patches."
2867 "\n"
3185 msgstr ""
3186
3187 msgid ""
2868 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3188 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
2869 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3189 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
2870 msgstr ""
3190 msgstr ""
@@ -2898,18 +3218,23 b' msgstr ""'
2898 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3218 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
2899 msgstr ""
3219 msgstr ""
2900
3220
2901 msgid ""
3221 msgid "move applied patches into repository history"
2902 "move applied patches into repository history\n"
3222 msgstr ""
2903 "\n"
3223
3224 msgid ""
2904 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3225 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
2905 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3226 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
2906 " history.\n"
3227 " history."
2907 "\n"
3228 msgstr ""
3229
3230 msgid ""
2908 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3231 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
2909 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3232 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
2910 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3233 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
2911 " stack of applied patches.\n"
3234 " stack of applied patches."
2912 "\n"
3235 msgstr ""
3236
3237 msgid ""
2913 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3238 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
2914 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3239 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
2915 " to upstream.\n"
3240 " to upstream.\n"
@@ -3185,33 +3510,47 b' msgstr ""'
3185 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3510 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3186 msgstr ""
3511 msgstr ""
3187
3512
3188 msgid ""
3513 msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time"
3189 "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
3514 msgstr ""
3190 "\n"
3515
3516 msgid ""
3191 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3517 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3192 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
3518 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring."
3193 "\n"
3519 msgstr ""
3520
3521 msgid ""
3194 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3522 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3195 "this::\n"
3523 "this::"
3196 "\n"
3524 msgstr ""
3525
3526 msgid ""
3197 " [extensions]\n"
3527 " [extensions]\n"
3198 " notify =\n"
3528 " notify ="
3199 "\n"
3529 msgstr ""
3530
3531 msgid ""
3200 " [hooks]\n"
3532 " [hooks]\n"
3201 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3533 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3202 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3534 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3203 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3535 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3204 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3536 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook"
3205 "\n"
3537 msgstr ""
3538
3539 msgid ""
3206 " [notify]\n"
3540 " [notify]\n"
3207 " # config items go here\n"
3541 " # config items go here"
3208 "\n"
3542 msgstr ""
3209 "Required configuration items::\n"
3543
3210 "\n"
3544 msgid "Required configuration items::"
3211 " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
3545 msgstr ""
3212 "\n"
3546
3213 "Optional configuration items::\n"
3547 msgid " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions"
3214 "\n"
3548 msgstr ""
3549
3550 msgid "Optional configuration items::"
3551 msgstr ""
3552
3553 msgid ""
3215 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3554 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3216 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3555 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3217 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
3556 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
@@ -3222,31 +3561,40 b' msgid ""'
3222 " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
3561 " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
3223 " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
3562 " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
3224 " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
3563 " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
3225 " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
3564 " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list\n"
3226 "list\n"
3227 " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
3565 " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
3228 " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n"
3566 " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n"
3229 " [email]\n"
3567 " [email]\n"
3230 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3568 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3231 " [web]\n"
3569 " [web]\n"
3232 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
3570 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits"
3233 "\n"
3571 msgstr ""
3572
3573 msgid ""
3234 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3574 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3235 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3575 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3236 "handier for you.\n"
3576 "handier for you."
3237 "\n"
3577 msgstr ""
3238 "::\n"
3578
3239 "\n"
3579 msgid "::"
3580 msgstr ""
3581
3582 msgid ""
3240 " [usersubs]\n"
3583 " [usersubs]\n"
3241 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3584 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3242 " user@host = pattern\n"
3585 " user@host = pattern"
3243 "\n"
3586 msgstr ""
3587
3588 msgid ""
3244 " [reposubs]\n"
3589 " [reposubs]\n"
3245 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3590 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3246 " pattern = user@host\n"
3591 " pattern = user@host"
3247 "\n"
3592 msgstr ""
3248 "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
3593
3249 "\n"
3594 msgid "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root."
3595 msgstr ""
3596
3597 msgid ""
3250 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3598 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3251 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3599 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3252 msgstr ""
3600 msgstr ""
@@ -3262,140 +3610,193 b' msgstr ""'
3262 #, python-format
3610 #, python-format
3263 msgid ""
3611 msgid ""
3264 "\n"
3612 "\n"
3265 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n"
3613 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):"
3266 "\n"
3614 msgstr ""
3267 msgstr ""
3615
3268
3616 #, python-format
3269 #, python-format
3617 msgid ""
3270 msgid ""
3618 "\n"
3271 "\n"
3619 "diffs (%d lines):"
3272 "diffs (%d lines):\n"
3273 "\n"
3274 msgstr ""
3620 msgstr ""
3275
3621
3276 #, python-format
3622 #, python-format
3277 msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n"
3623 msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n"
3278 msgstr ""
3624 msgstr ""
3279
3625
3280 msgid ""
3626 msgid "browse command output with an external pager"
3281 "browse command output with an external pager\n"
3627 msgstr ""
3282 "\n"
3628
3283 "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
3629 msgid "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::"
3284 "\n"
3630 msgstr ""
3631
3632 msgid ""
3285 " [pager]\n"
3633 " [pager]\n"
3286 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
3634 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
3287 "\n"
3635 msgstr ""
3636
3637 msgid ""
3288 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3638 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3289 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
3639 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used."
3290 "\n"
3640 msgstr ""
3641
3642 msgid ""
3291 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3643 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3292 "setting::\n"
3644 "setting::"
3293 "\n"
3645 msgstr ""
3646
3647 msgid ""
3294 " [pager]\n"
3648 " [pager]\n"
3295 " quiet = True\n"
3649 " quiet = True"
3296 "\n"
3650 msgstr ""
3651
3652 msgid ""
3297 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3653 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3298 "pager.ignore list::\n"
3654 "pager.ignore list::"
3299 "\n"
3655 msgstr ""
3656
3657 msgid ""
3300 " [pager]\n"
3658 " [pager]\n"
3301 " ignore = version, help, update\n"
3659 " ignore = version, help, update"
3302 "\n"
3660 msgstr ""
3661
3662 msgid ""
3303 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3663 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3304 "pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged::\n"
3664 "pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged::"
3305 "\n"
3665 msgstr ""
3666
3667 msgid ""
3306 " [pager]\n"
3668 " [pager]\n"
3307 " attend = annotate, cat, diff, export, glog, log, qdiff\n"
3669 " attend = annotate, cat, diff, export, glog, log, qdiff"
3308 "\n"
3670 msgstr ""
3671
3672 msgid ""
3309 "Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be\n"
3673 "Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be\n"
3310 "paged.\n"
3674 "paged."
3311 "\n"
3675 msgstr ""
3312 "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n"
3676
3313 "\n"
3677 msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored."
3678 msgstr ""
3679
3680 msgid ""
3314 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3681 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3315 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3682 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3316 msgstr ""
3683 msgstr ""
3317
3684
3318 msgid ""
3685 msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions"
3319 "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n"
3686 msgstr ""
3320 "\n"
3687
3688 msgid ""
3321 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3689 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3322 "ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
3690 "ancestors of a specific revision."
3323 "\n"
3691 msgstr ""
3324 "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
3692
3325 "\n"
3693 msgid "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::"
3694 msgstr ""
3695
3696 msgid ""
3326 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3697 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3327 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3698 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3328 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3699 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3329 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3700 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3330 " foo^ = foo^1\n"
3701 " foo^ = foo^1"
3331 "\n"
3702 msgstr ""
3703
3704 msgid ""
3332 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3705 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3333 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3706 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3334 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3707 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3335 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3708 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3336 msgstr ""
3709 msgstr ""
3337
3710
3338 msgid ""
3711 msgid "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails"
3339 "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n"
3712 msgstr ""
3340 "\n"
3713
3714 msgid ""
3341 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3715 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3342 "describes the series as a whole.\n"
3716 "describes the series as a whole."
3343 "\n"
3717 msgstr ""
3718
3719 msgid ""
3344 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3720 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3345 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3721 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3346 "message contains two or three body parts:\n"
3722 "message contains two or three body parts:"
3347 "\n"
3723 msgstr ""
3724
3725 msgid ""
3348 "- The changeset description.\n"
3726 "- The changeset description.\n"
3349 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3727 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3350 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
3728 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"."
3351 "\n"
3729 msgstr ""
3730
3731 msgid ""
3352 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3732 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3353 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3733 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3354 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n"
3734 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives."
3355 "\n"
3735 msgstr ""
3736
3737 msgid ""
3356 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3738 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3357 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3739 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3358 "you are sending the right changes.\n"
3740 "you are sending the right changes."
3359 "\n"
3741 msgstr ""
3742
3743 msgid ""
3360 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
3744 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
3361 "file::\n"
3745 "file::"
3362 "\n"
3746 msgstr ""
3747
3748 msgid ""
3363 " [email]\n"
3749 " [email]\n"
3364 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
3750 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
3365 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
3751 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
3366 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
3752 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
3367 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
3753 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..."
3368 "\n"
3754 msgstr ""
3755
3756 msgid ""
3369 "Use ``[patchbomb]`` as configuration section name if you need to\n"
3757 "Use ``[patchbomb]`` as configuration section name if you need to\n"
3370 "override global ``[email]`` address settings.\n"
3758 "override global ``[email]`` address settings."
3371 "\n"
3759 msgstr ""
3760
3761 msgid ""
3372 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
3762 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
3373 "as a patchbomb.\n"
3763 "as a patchbomb."
3374 "\n"
3764 msgstr ""
3765
3766 msgid ""
3375 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
3767 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
3376 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
3768 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
3377 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
3769 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
3378 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
3770 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
3379 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
3771 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
3380 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
3772 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
3381 "message, so you can verify everything is alright.\n"
3773 "message, so you can verify everything is alright."
3382 "\n"
3774 msgstr ""
3775
3776 msgid ""
3383 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
3777 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
3384 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
3778 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
3385 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
3779 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
3386 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
3780 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
3387 "files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
3781 "files, e.g. with mutt::"
3388 "\n"
3782 msgstr ""
3389 " % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
3783
3390 "\n"
3784 msgid " % mutt -R -f mbox"
3785 msgstr ""
3786
3787 msgid ""
3391 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
3788 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
3392 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
3789 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
3393 "package), to send each message out::\n"
3790 "package), to send each message out::"
3394 "\n"
3791 msgstr ""
3395 " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
3792
3396 "\n"
3793 msgid " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox"
3397 "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n"
3794 msgstr ""
3398 "\n"
3795
3796 msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out."
3797 msgstr ""
3798
3799 msgid ""
3399 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
3800 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
3400 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
3801 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
3401 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
3802 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
@@ -3416,53 +3817,66 b' msgstr "ser diffstaten ovanf\xc3\xb6r okej ut?"'
3416 msgid "diffstat rejected"
3817 msgid "diffstat rejected"
3417 msgstr "diffstat avvisad"
3818 msgstr "diffstat avvisad"
3418
3819
3419 msgid ""
3820 msgid "send changesets by email"
3420 "send changesets by email\n"
3821 msgstr ""
3421 "\n"
3822
3823 msgid ""
3422 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
3824 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
3423 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
3825 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
3424 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n"
3826 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
3425 "\n"
3827 msgstr ""
3828
3829 msgid ""
3426 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
3830 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
3427 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
3831 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
3428 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
3832 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
3429 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
3833 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
3430 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
3834 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
3431 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
3835 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
3432 " \"hg export\".\n"
3836 " \"hg export\"."
3433 "\n"
3837 msgstr ""
3838
3839 msgid ""
3434 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
3840 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
3435 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
3841 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
3436 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
3842 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
3437 " will be created.\n"
3843 " will be created."
3438 "\n"
3844 msgstr ""
3845
3846 msgid ""
3439 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
3847 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
3440 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
3848 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
3441 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n"
3849 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)"
3442 "\n"
3850 msgstr ""
3851
3852 msgid ""
3443 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
3853 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
3444 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
3854 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
3445 " will be sent.\n"
3855 " will be sent."
3446 "\n"
3856 msgstr ""
3447 " Examples::\n"
3857
3448 "\n"
3858 msgid ""
3449 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
3859 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
3450 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
3860 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
3451 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
3861 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
3452 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
3862 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)"
3453 "\n"
3863 msgstr ""
3864
3865 msgid ""
3454 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
3866 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
3455 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
3867 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
3456 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3868 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3457 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
3869 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3458 "\n"
3870 msgstr ""
3871
3872 msgid ""
3459 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
3873 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
3460 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
3874 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
3461 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
3875 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3462 "default\n"
3876 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
3463 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
3877 msgstr ""
3464 "DEST\n"
3878
3465 "\n"
3879 msgid ""
3466 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
3880 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
3467 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
3881 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
3468 " "
3882 " "
@@ -3482,14 +3896,11 b' msgstr ""'
3482
3896
3483 msgid ""
3897 msgid ""
3484 "\n"
3898 "\n"
3485 "Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n"
3899 "Write the introductory message for the patch series."
3486 "\n"
3900 msgstr ""
3487 msgstr ""
3901
3488
3902 #, python-format
3489 #, python-format
3903 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
3490 msgid ""
3491 "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n"
3492 "\n"
3493 msgstr ""
3904 msgstr ""
3494
3905
3495 msgid "Final summary:\n"
3906 msgid "Final summary:\n"
@@ -3573,16 +3984,20 b' msgstr ""'
3573 msgid "hg email [OPTION]... [DEST]..."
3984 msgid "hg email [OPTION]... [DEST]..."
3574 msgstr ""
3985 msgstr ""
3575
3986
3576 msgid ""
3987 msgid "show progress bars for some actions"
3577 "show progress bars for some actions\n"
3988 msgstr ""
3578 "\n"
3989
3990 msgid ""
3579 "This extension uses the progress information logged by hg commands\n"
3991 "This extension uses the progress information logged by hg commands\n"
3580 "to draw progress bars that are as informative as possible. Some progress\n"
3992 "to draw progress bars that are as informative as possible. Some progress\n"
3581 "bars only offer indeterminate information, while others have a definite\n"
3993 "bars only offer indeterminate information, while others have a definite\n"
3582 "end point.\n"
3994 "end point."
3583 "\n"
3995 msgstr ""
3584 "The following settings are available::\n"
3996
3585 "\n"
3997 msgid "The following settings are available::"
3998 msgstr ""
3999
4000 msgid ""
3586 " [progress]\n"
4001 " [progress]\n"
3587 " delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar\n"
4002 " delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar\n"
3588 " refresh = 0.1 # time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar\n"
4003 " refresh = 0.1 # time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar\n"
@@ -3592,8 +4007,10 b' msgid ""'
3592 " clear-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it's done\n"
4007 " clear-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it's done\n"
3593 " disable = False # if true, don't show a progress bar\n"
4008 " disable = False # if true, don't show a progress bar\n"
3594 " assume-tty = False # if true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless\n"
4009 " assume-tty = False # if true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless\n"
3595 " # disable is given\n"
4010 " # disable is given"
3596 "\n"
4011 msgstr ""
4012
4013 msgid ""
3597 "Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit, and\n"
4014 "Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit, and\n"
3598 "item. item defaults to the last 20 characters of the item, but this\n"
4015 "item. item defaults to the last 20 characters of the item, but this\n"
3599 "can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` which would take the last\n"
4016 "can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` which would take the last\n"
@@ -3603,27 +4020,38 b' msgstr ""'
3603 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
4020 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
3604 msgstr ""
4021 msgstr ""
3605
4022
3606 msgid ""
4023 msgid "removes files not tracked by Mercurial"
3607 "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n"
4024 msgstr ""
3608 "\n"
4025
4026 msgid ""
3609 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
4027 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
3610 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
4028 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree."
3611 "\n"
4029 msgstr ""
3612 " This means that purge will delete:\n"
4030
3613 "\n"
4031 msgid " This means that purge will delete:"
4032 msgstr ""
4033
4034 msgid ""
3614 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
4035 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
3615 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
4036 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
3616 " they contain files under source control management\n"
4037 " they contain files under source control management"
3617 "\n"
4038 msgstr ""
3618 " But it will leave untouched:\n"
4039
3619 "\n"
4040 msgid " But it will leave untouched:"
4041 msgstr ""
4042
4043 msgid ""
3620 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
4044 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
3621 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
4045 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
3622 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
4046 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")"
3623 "\n"
4047 msgstr ""
4048
4049 msgid ""
3624 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
4050 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
3625 " directories are considered.\n"
4051 " directories are considered."
3626 "\n"
4052 msgstr ""
4053
4054 msgid ""
3627 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
4055 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
3628 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
4056 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
3629 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
4057 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
@@ -3662,29 +4090,37 b' msgstr ""'
3662 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
4090 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
3663 msgstr ""
4091 msgstr ""
3664
4092
3665 msgid ""
4093 msgid "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor"
3666 "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n"
4094 msgstr ""
3667 "\n"
4095
4096 msgid ""
3668 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
4097 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
3669 "repository.\n"
4098 "repository."
3670 "\n"
4099 msgstr ""
4100
4101 msgid ""
3671 "For more information:\n"
4102 "For more information:\n"
3672 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
4103 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
3673 msgstr ""
4104 msgstr ""
3674
4105
3675 msgid ""
4106 msgid "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch"
3676 "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n"
4107 msgstr ""
3677 "\n"
4108
4109 msgid ""
3678 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
4110 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
3679 " history (the source) onto another (the destination). This can be\n"
4111 " history (the source) onto another (the destination). This can be\n"
3680 " useful for linearizing local changes relative to a master\n"
4112 " useful for linearizing local changes relative to a master\n"
3681 " development tree.\n"
4113 " development tree."
3682 "\n"
4114 msgstr ""
4115
4116 msgid ""
3683 " If you don't specify a destination changeset (``-d/--dest``),\n"
4117 " If you don't specify a destination changeset (``-d/--dest``),\n"
3684 " rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the\n"
4118 " rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the\n"
3685 " destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by\n"
4119 " destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by\n"
3686 " rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.)\n"
4120 " rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.)"
3687 "\n"
4121 msgstr ""
4122
4123 msgid ""
3688 " You can specify which changesets to rebase in two ways: as a\n"
4124 " You can specify which changesets to rebase in two ways: as a\n"
3689 " \"source\" changeset or as a \"base\" changeset. Both are shorthand\n"
4125 " \"source\" changeset or as a \"base\" changeset. Both are shorthand\n"
3690 " for a topologically related set of changesets (the \"source\n"
4126 " for a topologically related set of changesets (the \"source\n"
@@ -3695,21 +4131,27 b' msgid ""'
3695 " ``-b`` is less precise but more convenient than ``-s``: you can\n"
4131 " ``-b`` is less precise but more convenient than ``-s``: you can\n"
3696 " specify any changeset in the source branch, and rebase will select\n"
4132 " specify any changeset in the source branch, and rebase will select\n"
3697 " the whole branch. If you specify neither ``-s`` nor ``-b``, rebase\n"
4133 " the whole branch. If you specify neither ``-s`` nor ``-b``, rebase\n"
3698 " uses the parent of the working directory as the base.\n"
4134 " uses the parent of the working directory as the base."
3699 "\n"
4135 msgstr ""
4136
4137 msgid ""
3700 " By default, rebase recreates the changesets in the source branch\n"
4138 " By default, rebase recreates the changesets in the source branch\n"
3701 " as descendants of dest and then destroys the originals. Use\n"
4139 " as descendants of dest and then destroys the originals. Use\n"
3702 " ``--keep`` to preserve the original source changesets. Some\n"
4140 " ``--keep`` to preserve the original source changesets. Some\n"
3703 " changesets in the source branch (e.g. merges from the destination\n"
4141 " changesets in the source branch (e.g. merges from the destination\n"
3704 " branch) may be dropped if they no longer contribute any change.\n"
4142 " branch) may be dropped if they no longer contribute any change."
3705 "\n"
4143 msgstr ""
4144
4145 msgid ""
3706 " One result of the rules for selecting the destination changeset\n"
4146 " One result of the rules for selecting the destination changeset\n"
3707 " and source branch is that, unlike ``merge``, rebase will do\n"
4147 " and source branch is that, unlike ``merge``, rebase will do\n"
3708 " nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch\n"
4148 " nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch\n"
3709 " with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or\n"
4149 " with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or\n"
3710 " destination (or ``update`` to the other head, if it's the head of\n"
4150 " destination (or ``update`` to the other head, if it's the head of\n"
3711 " the intended source branch).\n"
4151 " the intended source branch)."
3712 "\n"
4152 msgstr ""
4153
4154 msgid ""
3713 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
4155 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
3714 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
4156 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
3715 " "
4157 " "
@@ -3793,9 +4235,7 b' msgstr ""'
3793 msgid "rebase from the specified changeset"
4235 msgid "rebase from the specified changeset"
3794 msgstr ""
4236 msgstr ""
3795
4237
3796 msgid ""
4238 msgid "rebase from the base of the specified changeset (up to greatest common ancestor of base and dest)"
3797 "rebase from the base of the specified changeset (up to greatest common "
3798 "ancestor of base and dest)"
3799 msgstr ""
4239 msgstr ""
3800
4240
3801 msgid "rebase onto the specified changeset"
4241 msgid "rebase onto the specified changeset"
@@ -3885,30 +4325,41 b' msgstr ""'
3885 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4325 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
3886 msgstr ""
4326 msgstr ""
3887
4327
3888 msgid ""
4328 msgid "interactively select changes to commit"
3889 "interactively select changes to commit\n"
4329 msgstr ""
3890 "\n"
4330
4331 msgid ""
3891 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4332 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
3892 " will be candidates for recording.\n"
4333 " will be candidates for recording."
3893 "\n"
4334 msgstr ""
3894 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4335
3895 "\n"
4336 msgid " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
4337 msgstr ""
4338
4339 msgid ""
3896 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4340 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
3897 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4341 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
3898 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4342 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
3899 " possible::\n"
4343 " possible::"
3900 "\n"
4344 msgstr ""
4345
4346 msgid ""
3901 " y - record this change\n"
4347 " y - record this change\n"
3902 " n - skip this change\n"
4348 " n - skip this change"
3903 "\n"
4349 msgstr ""
4350
4351 msgid ""
3904 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4352 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
3905 " f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
4353 " f - record remaining changes to this file"
3906 "\n"
4354 msgstr ""
4355
4356 msgid ""
3907 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4357 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
3908 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4358 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
3909 " q - quit, recording no changes\n"
4359 " q - quit, recording no changes"
3910 "\n"
4360 msgstr ""
3911 " ? - display help"
4361
4362 msgid " ? - display help"
3912 msgstr ""
4363 msgstr ""
3913
4364
3914 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
4365 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
@@ -3932,27 +4383,38 b' msgstr ""'
3932 msgid "recreates hardlinks between repository clones"
4383 msgid "recreates hardlinks between repository clones"
3933 msgstr ""
4384 msgstr ""
3934
4385
3935 msgid ""
4386 msgid "recreate hardlinks between two repositories"
3936 "recreate hardlinks between two repositories\n"
4387 msgstr ""
3937 "\n"
4388
4389 msgid ""
3938 " When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be\n"
4390 " When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be\n"
3939 " hardlinked so that they only use the space of a single repository.\n"
4391 " hardlinked so that they only use the space of a single repository."
3940 "\n"
4392 msgstr ""
4393
4394 msgid ""
3941 " Unfortunately, subsequent pulls into either repository will break\n"
4395 " Unfortunately, subsequent pulls into either repository will break\n"
3942 " hardlinks for any files touched by the new changesets, even if\n"
4396 " hardlinks for any files touched by the new changesets, even if\n"
3943 " both repositories end up pulling the same changes.\n"
4397 " both repositories end up pulling the same changes."
3944 "\n"
4398 msgstr ""
4399
4400 msgid ""
3945 " Similarly, passing --rev to \"hg clone\" will fail to use any\n"
4401 " Similarly, passing --rev to \"hg clone\" will fail to use any\n"
3946 " hardlinks, falling back to a complete copy of the source\n"
4402 " hardlinks, falling back to a complete copy of the source\n"
3947 " repository.\n"
4403 " repository."
3948 "\n"
4404 msgstr ""
4405
4406 msgid ""
3949 " This command lets you recreate those hardlinks and reclaim that\n"
4407 " This command lets you recreate those hardlinks and reclaim that\n"
3950 " wasted space.\n"
4408 " wasted space."
3951 "\n"
4409 msgstr ""
4410
4411 msgid ""
3952 " This repository will be relinked to share space with ORIGIN, which\n"
4412 " This repository will be relinked to share space with ORIGIN, which\n"
3953 " must be on the same local disk. If ORIGIN is omitted, looks for\n"
4413 " must be on the same local disk. If ORIGIN is omitted, looks for\n"
3954 " \"default-relink\", then \"default\", in [paths].\n"
4414 " \"default-relink\", then \"default\", in [paths]."
3955 "\n"
4415 msgstr ""
4416
4417 msgid ""
3956 " Do not attempt any read operations on this repository while the\n"
4418 " Do not attempt any read operations on this repository while the\n"
3957 " command is running. (Both repositories will be locked against\n"
4419 " command is running. (Both repositories will be locked against\n"
3958 " writes.)\n"
4420 " writes.)\n"
@@ -3994,40 +4456,56 b' msgstr ""'
3994 msgid "[ORIGIN]"
4456 msgid "[ORIGIN]"
3995 msgstr ""
4457 msgstr ""
3996
4458
3997 msgid ""
4459 msgid "extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms"
3998 "extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms\n"
4460 msgstr ""
3999 "\n"
4461
4462 msgid ""
4000 "This extension allows you to specify shortcuts for parent URLs with a\n"
4463 "This extension allows you to specify shortcuts for parent URLs with a\n"
4001 "lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example::\n"
4464 "lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example::"
4002 "\n"
4465 msgstr ""
4466
4467 msgid ""
4003 " [schemes]\n"
4468 " [schemes]\n"
4004 " py = http://code.python.org/hg/\n"
4469 " py = http://code.python.org/hg/"
4005 "\n"
4470 msgstr ""
4006 "After that you can use it like::\n"
4471
4007 "\n"
4472 msgid "After that you can use it like::"
4008 " hg clone py://trunk/\n"
4473 msgstr ""
4009 "\n"
4474
4475 msgid " hg clone py://trunk/"
4476 msgstr ""
4477
4478 msgid ""
4010 "Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for\n"
4479 "Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for\n"
4011 "example used by Google Code::\n"
4480 "example used by Google Code::"
4012 "\n"
4481 msgstr ""
4482
4483 msgid ""
4013 " [schemes]\n"
4484 " [schemes]\n"
4014 " gcode = http://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/\n"
4485 " gcode = http://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/"
4015 "\n"
4486 msgstr ""
4487
4488 msgid ""
4016 "The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited\n"
4489 "The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited\n"
4017 "number of variables, starting with ``{1}`` and continuing with\n"
4490 "number of variables, starting with ``{1}`` and continuing with\n"
4018 "``{2}``, ``{3}`` and so on. This variables will receive parts of URL\n"
4491 "``{2}``, ``{3}`` and so on. This variables will receive parts of URL\n"
4019 "supplied, split by ``/``. Anything not specified as ``{part}`` will be\n"
4492 "supplied, split by ``/``. Anything not specified as ``{part}`` will be\n"
4020 "just appended to an URL.\n"
4493 "just appended to an URL."
4021 "\n"
4494 msgstr ""
4022 "For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default::\n"
4495
4023 "\n"
4496 msgid "For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default::"
4497 msgstr ""
4498
4499 msgid ""
4024 " [schemes]\n"
4500 " [schemes]\n"
4025 " py = http://hg.python.org/\n"
4501 " py = http://hg.python.org/\n"
4026 " bb = https://bitbucket.org/\n"
4502 " bb = https://bitbucket.org/\n"
4027 " bb+ssh = ssh://hg@bitbucket.org/\n"
4503 " bb+ssh = ssh://hg@bitbucket.org/\n"
4028 " gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/\n"
4504 " gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/\n"
4029 " kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/\n"
4505 " kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/"
4030 "\n"
4506 msgstr ""
4507
4508 msgid ""
4031 "You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the\n"
4509 "You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the\n"
4032 "same name.\n"
4510 "same name.\n"
4033 msgstr ""
4511 msgstr ""
@@ -4035,12 +4513,15 b' msgstr ""'
4035 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4513 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4036 msgstr ""
4514 msgstr ""
4037
4515
4038 msgid ""
4516 msgid "create a new shared repository"
4039 "create a new shared repository\n"
4517 msgstr ""
4040 "\n"
4518
4519 msgid ""
4041 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4520 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4042 " history with another repository.\n"
4521 " history with another repository."
4043 "\n"
4522 msgstr ""
4523
4524 msgid ""
4044 " NOTE: using rollback or extensions that destroy/modify history\n"
4525 " NOTE: using rollback or extensions that destroy/modify history\n"
4045 " (mq, rebase, etc.) can cause considerable confusion with shared\n"
4526 " (mq, rebase, etc.) can cause considerable confusion with shared\n"
4046 " clones. In particular, if two shared clones are both updated to\n"
4527 " clones. In particular, if two shared clones are both updated to\n"
@@ -4059,11 +4540,13 b' msgstr ""'
4059 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4540 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4060 msgstr ""
4541 msgstr ""
4061
4542
4062 msgid ""
4543 msgid "command to transplant changesets from another branch"
4063 "command to transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4544 msgstr ""
4064 "\n"
4545
4065 "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n"
4546 msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch."
4066 "\n"
4547 msgstr ""
4548
4549 msgid ""
4067 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4550 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4068 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4551 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4069 msgstr ""
4552 msgstr ""
@@ -4138,38 +4621,52 b' msgstr "applicera \xc3\xa4ndring? [ynmpcq?]:"'
4138 msgid "no such option\n"
4621 msgid "no such option\n"
4139 msgstr "inget sådant alternativ\n"
4622 msgstr "inget sådant alternativ\n"
4140
4623
4141 msgid ""
4624 msgid "transplant changesets from another branch"
4142 "transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4625 msgstr ""
4143 "\n"
4626
4627 msgid ""
4144 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4628 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4145 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4629 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4146 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
4630 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::"
4147 "\n"
4631 msgstr ""
4148 " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
4632
4149 "\n"
4633 msgid " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)"
4634 msgstr ""
4635
4636 msgid ""
4150 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4637 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4151 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4638 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4152 " $1 and the patch as $2.\n"
4639 " $1 and the patch as $2."
4153 "\n"
4640 msgstr ""
4641
4642 msgid ""
4154 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4643 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4155 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4644 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4156 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4645 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4157 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4646 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4158 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4647 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4159 " changesets you want.\n"
4648 " changesets you want."
4160 "\n"
4649 msgstr ""
4650
4651 msgid ""
4161 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4652 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4162 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4653 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4163 " directory.\n"
4654 " directory."
4164 "\n"
4655 msgstr ""
4656
4657 msgid ""
4165 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4658 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4166 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4659 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4167 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4660 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4168 " normally instead of transplanting them.\n"
4661 " normally instead of transplanting them."
4169 "\n"
4662 msgstr ""
4663
4664 msgid ""
4170 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4665 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4171 " an interactive changeset browser.\n"
4666 " an interactive changeset browser."
4172 "\n"
4667 msgstr ""
4668
4669 msgid ""
4173 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4670 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4174 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4671 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4175 " --continue/-c.\n"
4672 " --continue/-c.\n"
@@ -4221,44 +4718,57 b' msgstr ""'
4221 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4718 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4222 msgstr ""
4719 msgstr ""
4223
4720
4224 msgid ""
4721 msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4225 "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4722 msgstr ""
4226 msgstr ""
4723
4227
4724 msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings"
4228 msgid ""
4725 msgstr ""
4229 "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n"
4726
4230 "\n"
4727 msgid ""
4231 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4728 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4232 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4729 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4233 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4730 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4234 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4731 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4235 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4732 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4236 "operation.\n"
4733 "operation."
4237 "\n"
4734 msgstr ""
4238 "This extension is useful for:\n"
4735
4239 "\n"
4736 msgid "This extension is useful for:"
4737 msgstr ""
4738
4739 msgid ""
4240 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4740 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4241 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4741 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4242 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4742 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4243 " case-insensitive file system.\n"
4743 " case-insensitive file system."
4244 "\n"
4744 msgstr ""
4245 "This extension is not needed for:\n"
4745
4246 "\n"
4746 msgid "This extension is not needed for:"
4747 msgstr ""
4748
4749 msgid ""
4247 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4750 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4248 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
4751 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings."
4249 "\n"
4752 msgstr ""
4250 "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
4753
4251 "\n"
4754 msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:"
4252 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4755 msgstr ""
4253 "\n"
4756
4757 msgid "- You should use single encoding in one repository."
4758 msgstr ""
4759
4760 msgid ""
4254 "\n"
4761 "\n"
4255 "By default, win32mbcs uses encoding.encoding decided by Mercurial.\n"
4762 "By default, win32mbcs uses encoding.encoding decided by Mercurial.\n"
4256 "You can specify the encoding by config option::\n"
4763 "You can specify the encoding by config option::"
4257 "\n"
4764 msgstr ""
4765
4766 msgid ""
4258 " [win32mbcs]\n"
4767 " [win32mbcs]\n"
4259 " encoding = sjis\n"
4768 " encoding = sjis"
4260 "\n"
4769 msgstr ""
4261 "It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF-8 log message.\n"
4770
4771 msgid "It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF-8 log message.\n"
4262 msgstr ""
4772 msgstr ""
4263
4773
4264 #, python-format
4774 #, python-format
@@ -4268,31 +4778,41 b' msgstr ""'
4268 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
4778 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
4269 msgstr ""
4779 msgstr ""
4270
4780
4271 msgid ""
4781 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
4272 "perform automatic newline conversion\n"
4782 msgstr ""
4273 "\n"
4783
4274 "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
4784 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
4275 "\n"
4785 msgstr ""
4786
4787 msgid ""
4276 " [extensions]\n"
4788 " [extensions]\n"
4277 " win32text =\n"
4789 " win32text =\n"
4278 " [encode]\n"
4790 " [encode]\n"
4279 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4791 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4280 " # or ** = macencode:\n"
4792 " # or ** = macencode:"
4281 "\n"
4793 msgstr ""
4794
4795 msgid ""
4282 " [decode]\n"
4796 " [decode]\n"
4283 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4797 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4284 " # or ** = macdecode:\n"
4798 " # or ** = macdecode:"
4285 "\n"
4799 msgstr ""
4286 "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
4800
4287 "accident::\n"
4801 msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
4288 "\n"
4802 msgstr ""
4803
4804 msgid ""
4289 " [hooks]\n"
4805 " [hooks]\n"
4290 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4806 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4291 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
4807 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr"
4292 "\n"
4808 msgstr ""
4809
4810 msgid ""
4293 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4811 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4294 "pushed or pulled::\n"
4812 "pushed or pulled::"
4295 "\n"
4813 msgstr ""
4814
4815 msgid ""
4296 " [hooks]\n"
4816 " [hooks]\n"
4297 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4817 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4298 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
4818 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
@@ -4318,13 +4838,21 b' msgstr ""'
4318 msgid ""
4838 msgid ""
4319 "\n"
4839 "\n"
4320 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4840 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4321 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n"
4841 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:"
4322 "\n"
4842 msgstr ""
4843
4844 #, python-format
4845 msgid ""
4323 "[hooks]\n"
4846 "[hooks]\n"
4324 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n"
4847 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s"
4325 "\n"
4848 msgstr ""
4326 "and also consider adding:\n"
4849
4327 "\n"
4850 #, python-format
4851 msgid "and also consider adding:"
4852 msgstr ""
4853
4854 #, python-format
4855 msgid ""
4328 "[extensions]\n"
4856 "[extensions]\n"
4329 "win32text =\n"
4857 "win32text =\n"
4330 "[encode]\n"
4858 "[encode]\n"
@@ -4333,21 +4861,29 b' msgid ""'
4333 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4861 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4334 msgstr ""
4862 msgstr ""
4335
4863
4336 msgid ""
4864 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
4337 "discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n"
4865 msgstr ""
4338 "\n"
4866
4867 msgid ""
4339 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4868 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4340 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4869 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4341 "without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
4870 "without knowing their actual IP address."
4342 "\n"
4871 msgstr ""
4872
4873 msgid ""
4343 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4874 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4344 "in your repository::\n"
4875 "in your repository::"
4345 "\n"
4876 msgstr ""
4877
4878 msgid ""
4346 " $ cd test\n"
4879 " $ cd test\n"
4347 " $ hg serve\n"
4880 " $ hg serve"
4348 "\n"
4881 msgstr ""
4349 "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
4882
4350 "\n"
4883 msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::"
4884 msgstr ""
4885
4886 msgid ""
4351 " $ hg paths\n"
4887 " $ hg paths\n"
4352 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4888 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4353 msgstr ""
4889 msgstr ""
@@ -4608,22 +5144,36 b' msgstr ""'
4608 msgid "empty commit message"
5144 msgid "empty commit message"
4609 msgstr ""
5145 msgstr ""
4610
5146
4611 msgid ""
5147 msgid "add the specified files on the next commit"
4612 "add the specified files on the next commit\n"
5148 msgstr "lägg till de specificerade filerna i nästa arkivering"
4613 "\n"
5149
5150 msgid ""
4614 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
5151 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
4615 " repository.\n"
5152 " repository."
4616 "\n"
5153 msgstr " Schemalägg filer att versionshanteras och läggas till i arkivet."
5154
5155 msgid ""
4617 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
5156 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
4618 " undo an add before that, see hg forget.\n"
5157 " undo an add before that, see hg forget."
4619 "\n"
5158 msgstr ""
4620 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
5159 " Filerna kommer att läggas till i arkivet vid nästa arkivering. För att\n"
4621 "\n"
5160 " ångra en addering innan dess, se hg forget."
4622 " .. container:: verbose\n"
5161
4623 "\n"
5162 msgid " If no names are given, add all files to the repository."
5163 msgstr " Om inga namn anges, läggs alla filer till i arkivet."
5164
5165 msgid " .. container:: verbose"
5166 msgstr " .. container:: verbose"
5167
5168 msgid ""
4624 " An example showing how new (unknown) files are added\n"
5169 " An example showing how new (unknown) files are added\n"
4625 " automatically by ``hg add``::\n"
5170 " automatically by ``hg add``::"
4626 "\n"
5171 msgstr ""
5172 " An example showing how new (unknown) files are added\n"
5173 " Ett exempel som visar hur nya (okända) filer läggs\n"
5174 " till automatiskt av ``hg add``::"
5175
5176 msgid ""
4627 " $ ls\n"
5177 " $ ls\n"
4628 " foo.c\n"
5178 " foo.c\n"
4629 " $ hg status\n"
5179 " $ hg status\n"
@@ -4634,21 +5184,6 b' msgid ""'
4634 " A foo.c\n"
5184 " A foo.c\n"
4635 " "
5185 " "
4636 msgstr ""
5186 msgstr ""
4637 "lägg till de specificerade filerna i nästa arkivering\n"
4638 "\n"
4639 " Schemalägg filer att versionshanteras och läggas till i arkivet.\n"
4640 "\n"
4641 " Filerna kommer att läggas till i arkivet vid nästa arkivering. För att\n"
4642 " ångra en addering innan dess, se hg forget.\n"
4643 "\n"
4644 " Om inga namn anges, läggs alla filer till i arkivet.\n"
4645 "\n"
4646 " .. container:: verbose\n"
4647 "\n"
4648 " An example showing how new (unknown) files are added\n"
4649 " Ett exempel som visar hur nya (okända) filer läggs\n"
4650 " till automatiskt av ``hg add``::\n"
4651 "\n"
4652 " $ ls\n"
5187 " $ ls\n"
4653 " foo.c\n"
5188 " foo.c\n"
4654 " $ hg status\n"
5189 " $ hg status\n"
@@ -4659,16 +5194,24 b' msgstr ""'
4659 " A foo.c\n"
5194 " A foo.c\n"
4660 " "
5195 " "
4661
5196
4662 msgid ""
5197 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
4663 "add all new files, delete all missing files\n"
5198 msgstr "lägg till alla nya nya filer, radera alla saknade filer"
4664 "\n"
5199
5200 msgid ""
4665 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
5201 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
4666 " repository.\n"
5202 " repository."
4667 "\n"
5203 msgstr " Lägg till alla nya filer och radera alla saknade filer från arkivet."
5204
5205 msgid ""
4668 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
5206 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
4669 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
5207 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
4670 " commit.\n"
5208 " commit."
4671 "\n"
5209 msgstr ""
5210 " Nya filer ignoreras om de överrensstämmer något av mönstren i\n"
5211 " .hgignore. Precis som med add, kommer ändringarna att träda i kraft vid\n"
5212 " nästa arkivering."
5213
5214 msgid ""
4672 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
5215 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
4673 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
5216 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
4674 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
5217 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
@@ -4677,14 +5220,6 b' msgid ""'
4677 " can be expensive.\n"
5220 " can be expensive.\n"
4678 " "
5221 " "
4679 msgstr ""
5222 msgstr ""
4680 "lägg till alla nya nya filer, radera alla saknade filer\n"
4681 "\n"
4682 " Lägg till alla nya filer och radera alla saknade filer från arkivet.\n"
4683 "\n"
4684 " Nya filer ignoreras om de överrensstämmer något av mönstren i\n"
4685 " .hgignore. Precis som med add, kommer ändringarna att träda i kraft vid\n"
4686 " nästa arkivering.\n"
4687 "\n"
4688 " Använd flaggan -s/--similarity för att upptäcka omdöpta filer. Med en\n"
5223 " Använd flaggan -s/--similarity för att upptäcka omdöpta filer. Med en\n"
4689 " parameter större än 0, kommer varje borttagen fil att jämföras med\n"
5224 " parameter större än 0, kommer varje borttagen fil att jämföras med\n"
4690 " varje tillagd fil och lagrar de som är tillräckligt lika som ett\n"
5225 " varje tillagd fil och lagrar de som är tillräckligt lika som ett\n"
@@ -4699,28 +5234,28 b' msgstr "likhet m\xc3\xa5ste vara ett nummer"'
4699 msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100"
5234 msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100"
4700 msgstr "likhet måste vara mellan 0 och 100"
5235 msgstr "likhet måste vara mellan 0 och 100"
4701
5236
4702 msgid ""
5237 msgid "show changeset information by line for each file"
4703 "show changeset information by line for each file\n"
5238 msgstr "visa ändringsinformation för varje rad i filer"
4704 "\n"
5239
5240 msgid ""
4705 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
5241 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
4706 " each line\n"
5242 " each line"
4707 "\n"
5243 msgstr " Visa ändringar i filer, och ansvarigt revisions-ID för varje rad"
5244
5245 msgid ""
4708 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
5246 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
4709 " by whom.\n"
5247 " by whom."
4710 "\n"
5248 msgstr ""
5249 " Detta kommando är användbart för att upptäcka när en ändring gjordes\n"
5250 " och av vem."
5251
5252 msgid ""
4711 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
5253 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
4712 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
5254 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
4713 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
5255 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
4714 " nor desirable.\n"
5256 " nor desirable.\n"
4715 " "
5257 " "
4716 msgstr ""
5258 msgstr ""
4717 "visa ändringsinformation för varje rad i filer\n"
4718 "\n"
4719 " Visa ändringar i filer, och ansvarigt revisions-ID för varje rad\n"
4720 "\n"
4721 " Detta kommando är användbart för att upptäcka när en ändring gjordes\n"
4722 " och av vem.\n"
4723 "\n"
4724 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer annotate att undvika behandling av filer\n"
5259 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer annotate att undvika behandling av filer\n"
4725 " som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att annoteras ändå, även\n"
5260 " som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att annoteras ändå, även\n"
4726 " om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart.\n"
5261 " om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart.\n"
@@ -4736,53 +5271,55 b' msgstr ""'
4736 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
5271 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
4737 msgstr ""
5272 msgstr ""
4738
5273
4739 msgid ""
5274 msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision"
4740 "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n"
5275 msgstr "skapa ett icke versionshanterat arkiv från en arkivrevision"
4741 "\n"
5276
5277 msgid ""
4742 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
5278 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
4743 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
5279 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
4744 "\n"
5280 msgstr ""
5281 " Som standard används revisonen för arbetskatalogens förälder; använd\n"
5282 " -r/--rev för att specificera en annan revision."
5283
5284 msgid ""
4745 " The archive type is automatically detected based on file\n"
5285 " The archive type is automatically detected based on file\n"
4746 " extension (or override using -t/--type).\n"
5286 " extension (or override using -t/--type)."
4747 "\n"
5287 msgstr ""
4748 " Valid types are:\n"
5288 " Arkivtypen upptäcks automatiskt baserat på filändelsen (eller tvinga\n"
4749 "\n"
5289 " med hjälp av -t/--type)."
5290
5291 msgid " Valid types are:"
5292 msgstr " Giltiga typer är:"
5293
5294 msgid ""
4750 " :``files``: a directory full of files (default)\n"
5295 " :``files``: a directory full of files (default)\n"
4751 " :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed\n"
5296 " :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed\n"
4752 " :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
5297 " :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
4753 " :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
5298 " :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
4754 " :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed\n"
5299 " :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed\n"
4755 " :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
5300 " :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate"
4756 "\n"
5301 msgstr ""
4757 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
4758 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
4759 "\n"
4760 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
4761 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
4762 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
4763 " removed.\n"
4764 " "
4765 msgstr ""
4766 "skapa ett icke versionshanterat arkiv från en arkivrevision\n"
4767 "\n"
4768 " Som standard används revisonen för arbetskatalogens förälder; använd\n"
4769 " -r/--rev för att specificera en annan revision.\n"
4770 "\n"
4771 " Arkivtypen upptäcks automatiskt baserat på filändelsen (eller tvinga\n"
4772 " med hjälp av -t/--type).\n"
4773 "\n"
4774 " Giltiga typer är:\n"
4775 "\n"
4776 " :``files``: en katalog fylld med filer (standard)\n"
5302 " :``files``: en katalog fylld med filer (standard)\n"
4777 " :``tar``: tar-arkiv, okomprimerad\n"
5303 " :``tar``: tar-arkiv, okomprimerad\n"
4778 " :``tbz2``: tar-arkiv, komprimerad med bzip2\n"
5304 " :``tbz2``: tar-arkiv, komprimerad med bzip2\n"
4779 " :``tgz``: tar-arkiv, komprimerad med gzip\n"
5305 " :``tgz``: tar-arkiv, komprimerad med gzip\n"
4780 " :``uzip``: zip-arkiv, okomprimerad\n"
5306 " :``uzip``: zip-arkiv, okomprimerad\n"
4781 " :``zip``: zip-arkiv, komprimerad med deflate\n"
5307 " :``zip``: zip-arkiv, komprimerad med deflate"
4782 "\n"
5308
5309 msgid ""
5310 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
5311 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
5312 msgstr ""
4783 " Det exakta namnet på destinationsarkivet eller -katalogen anges med en\n"
5313 " Det exakta namnet på destinationsarkivet eller -katalogen anges med en\n"
4784 " formatsträng; se 'hg help export' för detaljer.\n"
5314 " formatsträng; se 'hg help export' för detaljer."
4785 "\n"
5315
5316 msgid ""
5317 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
5318 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
5319 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
5320 " removed.\n"
5321 " "
5322 msgstr ""
4786 " Varje fil som läggs till en arkivfil har ett katalogprefix. Använd\n"
5323 " Varje fil som läggs till en arkivfil har ett katalogprefix. Använd\n"
4787 " -p/--prefix för att specificera en formatsträn för prefixet. Som\n"
5324 " -p/--prefix för att specificera en formatsträn för prefixet. Som\n"
4788 " standard används basnamnet för arkivet, med suffix borttagna.\n"
5325 " standard används basnamnet för arkivet, med suffix borttagna.\n"
@@ -4797,41 +5334,36 b' msgstr "arkivroten kan inte vara destina'
4797 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
5334 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
4798 msgstr "kan inte arkivera rena filer till stdout"
5335 msgstr "kan inte arkivera rena filer till stdout"
4799
5336
4800 msgid ""
5337 msgid "reverse effect of earlier changeset"
4801 "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n"
5338 msgstr "omvänd effekten från en tidigare ändring"
4802 "\n"
5339
5340 msgid ""
4803 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
5341 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
4804 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
5342 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
4805 "\n"
5343 msgstr ""
5344 " Arkivera de återkallade ändringarna som en ny ändring. Den nya\n"
5345 " ändringen är ett barn till den återkallade ändringen."
5346
5347 msgid ""
4806 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
5348 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
4807 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
5349 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
4808 " backout changeset with another head.\n"
5350 " backout changeset with another head."
4809 "\n"
5351 msgstr ""
5352 " Om du återkallar en annan ändring än toppen, skapas ett nytt huvud.\n"
5353 " Detta huvud kommer att vara en nya toppen och du bör sammanfoga den med\n"
5354 " ett annat huvud."
5355
5356 msgid ""
4810 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
5357 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
4811 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
5358 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
4812 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
5359 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
4813 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
5360 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
4814 "\n"
5361 msgstr ""
4815 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4816 " "
4817 msgstr ""
4818 "omvänd effekten från en tidigare ändring\n"
4819 "\n"
4820 " Arkivera de återkallade ändringarna som en ny ändring. Den nya\n"
4821 " ändringen är ett barn till den återkallade ändringen.\n"
4822 "\n"
4823 " Om du återkallar en annan ändring än toppen, skapas ett nytt huvud.\n"
4824 " Detta huvud kommer att vara en nya toppen och du bör sammanfoga den med\n"
4825 " ett annat huvud.\n"
4826 "\n"
4827 " Flaggan --merge kommer ihåg arbetskatalogens förälder innan\n"
5362 " Flaggan --merge kommer ihåg arbetskatalogens förälder innan\n"
4828 " återkallningen påbörjas, och sammanfogar sedan det nya huvudet med den\n"
5363 " återkallningen påbörjas, och sammanfogar sedan det nya huvudet med den\n"
4829 " ändringen efteråt. Detta gör att du inte behöver göra sammanfogningen\n"
5364 " ändringen efteråt. Detta gör att du inte behöver göra sammanfogningen\n"
4830 " manuellt. Resultatet av sammanfogningen arkiveras inte, precis som en\n"
5365 " manuellt. Resultatet av sammanfogningen arkiveras inte, precis som en\n"
4831 " vanlig sammanfogning.\n"
5366 " vanlig sammanfogning."
4832 "\n"
4833 " Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
4834 " "
4835
5367
4836 msgid "please specify just one revision"
5368 msgid "please specify just one revision"
4837 msgstr "specificera bara en revision"
5369 msgstr "specificera bara en revision"
@@ -4869,9 +5401,10 b' msgstr "\xc3\xa5terkallnings\xc3\xa4ndringen \xc3\xa4r ett nytt huvud - gl\xc3\xb6m inte att sammanfoga\\n"'
4869 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
5401 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
4870 msgstr "(använd \"backout --merge\" om du vill auto-sammanfoga)\n"
5402 msgstr "(använd \"backout --merge\" om du vill auto-sammanfoga)\n"
4871
5403
4872 msgid ""
5404 msgid "subdivision search of changesets"
4873 "subdivision search of changesets\n"
5405 msgstr "genomsökning av ändringar med halveringsmetoden"
4874 "\n"
5406
5407 msgid ""
4875 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
5408 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
4876 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
5409 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
4877 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
5410 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
@@ -4879,31 +5412,31 b' msgid ""'
4879 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
5412 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
4880 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
5413 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
4881 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
5414 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
4882 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
5415 " or announce that it has found the bad revision."
4883 "\n"
5416 msgstr ""
4884 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
4885 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
4886 "\n"
4887 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
4888 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
4889 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
4890 " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
4891 " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
4892 " "
4893 msgstr ""
4894 "genomsökning av ändringar med halveringsmetoden\n"
4895 "\n"
4896 " Detta kommando hjälper till att hitta ändringar som skapar problem. För\n"
5417 " Detta kommando hjälper till att hitta ändringar som skapar problem. För\n"
4897 " att använda, markera den tidigaste ändringen du vet har problemet som\n"
5418 " att använda, markera den tidigaste ändringen du vet har problemet som\n"
4898 " dålig, och markera sedan den senaste problemfria ändringen som bra.\n"
5419 " dålig, och markera sedan den senaste problemfria ändringen som bra.\n"
4899 " Bisect uppdaterar din arbetskatalog till en revision för testning (om\n"
5420 " Bisect uppdaterar din arbetskatalog till en revision för testning (om\n"
4900 " inte -U/--noupdate anges). När du har testat, markera arbetskatalogen\n"
5421 " inte -U/--noupdate anges). När du har testat, markera arbetskatalogen\n"
4901 " som bra eller dålig, och bisect kommer endera att uppdatera till en\n"
5422 " som bra eller dålig, och bisect kommer endera att uppdatera till en\n"
4902 " annan kandidat eller meddela att den dåliga revisionen har hittats.\n"
5423 " annan kandidat eller meddela att den dåliga revisionen har hittats."
4903 "\n"
5424
5425 msgid ""
5426 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
5427 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
5428 msgstr ""
4904 " Som en genväg kan du också använda revisionsargumentet för att markera\n"
5429 " Som en genväg kan du också använda revisionsargumentet för att markera\n"
4905 " en revision som bra eller dålig utan att kontrollera den först.\n"
5430 " en revision som bra eller dålig utan att kontrollera den först."
4906 "\n"
5431
5432 msgid ""
5433 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
5434 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
5435 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
5436 " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
5437 " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
5438 " "
5439 msgstr ""
4907 " Om du tillhandahåller ett kommando, kommer det att användas för\n"
5440 " Om du tillhandahåller ett kommando, kommer det att användas för\n"
4908 " automatisk genomsökning. Dess returkod kommer att användas för att ange\n"
5441 " automatisk genomsökning. Dess returkod kommer att användas för att ange\n"
4909 " revisioner som bra eller dåliga: kod 0 betyder bra, 125 betyder att\n"
5442 " revisioner som bra eller dåliga: kod 0 betyder bra, 125 betyder att\n"
@@ -4918,12 +5451,10 b' msgid "The first bad revision is:\\n"'
4918 msgstr "Den första dåliga revisionen är:\n"
5451 msgstr "Den första dåliga revisionen är:\n"
4919
5452
4920 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first good revision could be any of:\n"
5453 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first good revision could be any of:\n"
4921 msgstr ""
5454 msgstr "Tack vare skippade revisioner, är den första bra revisionen någon av:\n"
4922 "Tack vare skippade revisioner, är den första bra revisionen någon av:\n"
4923
5455
4924 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first bad revision could be any of:\n"
5456 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first bad revision could be any of:\n"
4925 msgstr ""
5457 msgstr "Tack vare skippade revisioner, kan den första dåliga revisionen någon av:\n"
4926 "Tack vare skippade revisioner, kan den första dåliga revisionen någon av:\n"
4927
5458
4928 msgid "cannot bisect (no known good revisions)"
5459 msgid "cannot bisect (no known good revisions)"
4929 msgstr "kan inte genomsöka (inga kända bra revisioner)"
5460 msgstr "kan inte genomsöka (inga kända bra revisioner)"
@@ -4953,41 +5484,43 b' msgstr "\xc3\x84ndring %d:%s: %s\\n"'
4953 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
5484 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
4954 msgstr "Testar ändring %d:%s (%d ändringar kvar, ~%d test)\n"
5485 msgstr "Testar ändring %d:%s (%d ändringar kvar, ~%d test)\n"
4955
5486
4956 msgid ""
5487 msgid "set or show the current branch name"
4957 "set or show the current branch name\n"
5488 msgstr "sätt eller visa det aktuella grennamnet"
4958 "\n"
5489
5490 msgid ""
4959 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
5491 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
4960 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
5492 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
4961 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
5493 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
4962 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
5494 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
4963 " branch.\n"
5495 " branch."
4964 "\n"
5496 msgstr ""
4965 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
4966 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
4967 "\n"
4968 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
4969 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
4970 " change.\n"
4971 "\n"
4972 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
4973 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
4974 " "
4975 msgstr ""
4976 "sätt eller visa det aktuella grennamnet\n"
4977 "\n"
4978 " Utan arguments visas det aktuella grennamnet. Med ett argument\n"
5497 " Utan arguments visas det aktuella grennamnet. Med ett argument\n"
4979 " sätts arbetskatalogens grennamn (grenen existerar inte i arkivet\n"
5498 " sätts arbetskatalogens grennamn (grenen existerar inte i arkivet\n"
4980 " förrän nästa arkivering). Standardförfarandet är att all primär\n"
5499 " förrän nästa arkivering). Standardförfarandet är att all primär\n"
4981 " utveckling sker i grenen 'default'.\n"
5500 " utveckling sker i grenen 'default'."
4982 "\n"
5501
5502 msgid ""
5503 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
5504 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
5505 msgstr ""
4983 " Om inte -f/--force är specificerad, kommer branch inte att tillåta\n"
5506 " Om inte -f/--force är specificerad, kommer branch inte att tillåta\n"
4984 " dig att sätta ett grennamn som redan existerar, även om den är\n"
5507 " dig att sätta ett grennamn som redan existerar, även om den är\n"
4985 " inaktiv.\n"
5508 " inaktiv."
4986 "\n"
5509
5510 msgid ""
5511 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
5512 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
5513 " change."
5514 msgstr ""
4987 " Använd -C/--clean för att återställa arbetskatalogens gren till\n"
5515 " Använd -C/--clean för att återställa arbetskatalogens gren till\n"
4988 " samma som förälderns arbetskatalog, och återställer ett tidigare\n"
5516 " samma som förälderns arbetskatalog, och återställer ett tidigare\n"
4989 " grenbyte.\n"
5517 " grenbyte."
4990 "\n"
5518
5519 msgid ""
5520 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
5521 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
5522 " "
5523 msgstr ""
4991 " Använd kommandot 'hg update' för att byta till en existerande gren.\n"
5524 " Använd kommandot 'hg update' för att byta till en existerande gren.\n"
4992 " Använd 'hg commit --close-branch' för att markera grenen som stängd.\n"
5525 " Använd 'hg commit --close-branch' för att markera grenen som stängd.\n"
4993 " "
5526 " "
@@ -4996,37 +5529,36 b' msgstr ""'
4996 msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n"
5529 msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n"
4997 msgstr "återställ arbetskatalogen till grenen %s\n"
5530 msgstr "återställ arbetskatalogen till grenen %s\n"
4998
5531
4999 msgid ""
5532 msgid "a branch of the same name already exists (use 'hg update' to switch to it)"
5000 "a branch of the same name already exists (use 'hg update' to switch to it)"
5533 msgstr "en gren med samma namn finns redan (kör 'hg update' för att byta till den)"
5001 msgstr ""
5002 "en gren med samma namn finns redan (kör 'hg update' för att byta till den)"
5003
5534
5004 #, python-format
5535 #, python-format
5005 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
5536 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
5006 msgstr "markerade arbetskatalogen som grenen %s\n"
5537 msgstr "markerade arbetskatalogen som grenen %s\n"
5007
5538
5008 msgid ""
5539 msgid "list repository named branches"
5009 "list repository named branches\n"
5540 msgstr "visa namngivna grenar i arkivet"
5010 "\n"
5541
5542 msgid ""
5011 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5543 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
5012 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
5544 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
5013 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5545 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)."
5014 "\n"
5546 msgstr ""
5015 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
5016 " is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
5017 "\n"
5018 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5019 " "
5020 msgstr ""
5021 "visa namngivna grenar i arkivet\n"
5022 "\n"
5023 " Visa alla namngivna grenar i arkivet, och indikera vilka som är\n"
5547 " Visa alla namngivna grenar i arkivet, och indikera vilka som är\n"
5024 " inaktiva. Om -c/--closed anges, visas också grenar som har markerats\n"
5548 " inaktiva. Om -c/--closed anges, visas också grenar som har markerats\n"
5025 " som stängda (se hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5549 " som stängda (se hg commit --close-branch)."
5026 "\n"
5550
5551 msgid ""
5552 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
5553 " is considered active if it contains repository heads."
5554 msgstr ""
5027 " Om -a/--acive anges, visas bara aktiva grenar. En gren anses aktiv om\n"
5555 " Om -a/--acive anges, visas bara aktiva grenar. En gren anses aktiv om\n"
5028 " den innehåller arkivhuvuden.\n"
5556 " den innehåller arkivhuvuden."
5029 "\n"
5557
5558 msgid ""
5559 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
5560 " "
5561 msgstr ""
5030 " Använd kommandot 'hg update' för att byta till en existerande gren.\n"
5562 " Använd kommandot 'hg update' för att byta till en existerande gren.\n"
5031 " "
5563 " "
5032
5564
@@ -5036,48 +5568,51 b' msgstr " (st\xc3\xa4ngd)"'
5036 msgid " (inactive)"
5568 msgid " (inactive)"
5037 msgstr " (inaktiv)"
5569 msgstr " (inaktiv)"
5038
5570
5039 msgid ""
5571 msgid "create a changegroup file"
5040 "create a changegroup file\n"
5572 msgstr "skapa en ändringsgruppsfil"
5041 "\n"
5573
5574 msgid ""
5042 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5575 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
5043 " known to be in another repository.\n"
5576 " known to be in another repository."
5044 "\n"
5577 msgstr ""
5578 " Skapa en komprimerad ändringsgruppfil genom att samla ihop ändringar\n"
5579 " som inte finns i ett annat arkiv."
5580
5581 msgid ""
5045 " If you omit the destination repository, then hg assumes the\n"
5582 " If you omit the destination repository, then hg assumes the\n"
5046 " destination will have all the nodes you specify with --base\n"
5583 " destination will have all the nodes you specify with --base\n"
5047 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5584 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
5048 " -a/--all (or --base null).\n"
5585 " -a/--all (or --base null)."
5049 "\n"
5586 msgstr ""
5587 " Om inget destinationsarkiv anges, så antar hg att destinationen har\n"
5588 " alla noder du anger med parametrar av typen --base. För att skapa en\n"
5589 " bunt med alla ändringar, använd -a/--all (eller --base null)."
5590
5591 msgid ""
5050 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
5592 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
5051 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
5593 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
5052 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n"
5594 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
5053 "\n"
5595 msgstr ""
5596 " Du kan ändra kompressionsmetod med flaggan -t/--type. De tillgänliga\n"
5597 " kompressionsmetoderna är: none, bzip2, och gzip (som standard\n"
5598 " komprimeras buntar med bzip2)."
5599
5600 msgid ""
5054 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5601 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
5055 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5602 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
5056 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5603 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
5057 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
5604 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable."
5058 "\n"
5605 msgstr ""
5059 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5060 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5061 " "
5062 msgstr ""
5063 "skapa en ändringsgruppsfil\n"
5064 "\n"
5065 " Skapa en komprimerad ändringsgruppfil genom att samla ihop ändringar\n"
5066 " som inte finns i ett annat arkiv.\n"
5067 "\n"
5068 " Om inget destinationsarkiv anges, så antar hg att destinationen har\n"
5069 " alla noder du anger med parametrar av typen --base. För att skapa en\n"
5070 " bunt med alla ändringar, använd -a/--all (eller --base null).\n"
5071 "\n"
5072 " Du kan ändra kompressionsmetod med flaggan -t/--type. De tillgänliga\n"
5073 " kompressionsmetoderna är: none, bzip2, och gzip (som standard\n"
5074 " komprimeras buntar med bzip2).\n"
5075 "\n"
5076 " Buntfilen kan överföras med konventionella metoder och appliceras i\n"
5606 " Buntfilen kan överföras med konventionella metoder och appliceras i\n"
5077 " ett annat arkiv med kommandot unbundle eller pull. Detta är\n"
5607 " ett annat arkiv med kommandot unbundle eller pull. Detta är\n"
5078 " användbart när en direkt push och pull inte är tillgängliga eller\n"
5608 " användbart när en direkt push och pull inte är tillgängliga eller\n"
5079 " när export av ett helt arkiv inte är intressant.\n"
5609 " när export av ett helt arkiv inte är intressant."
5080 "\n"
5610
5611 msgid ""
5612 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
5613 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
5614 " "
5615 msgstr ""
5081 " Applicering av buntar bevarar all ändringsinnehåll inklusive\n"
5616 " Applicering av buntar bevarar all ändringsinnehåll inklusive\n"
5082 " tillstånd, information om kopior/namnbyte, och revisionshistorik.\n"
5617 " tillstånd, information om kopior/namnbyte, och revisionshistorik.\n"
5083 " "
5618 " "
@@ -5088,54 +5623,419 b' msgstr "--base \xc3\xa4r inkompatibel med specificering av destination"'
5088 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
5623 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
5089 msgstr "okänd bunttyp specificerad med --type"
5624 msgstr "okänd bunttyp specificerad med --type"
5090
5625
5091 msgid ""
5626 msgid "output the current or given revision of files"
5092 "output the current or given revision of files\n"
5627 msgstr "visa den aktuella eller angivna revisionen för filer"
5093 "\n"
5628
5629 msgid ""
5094 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5630 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
5095 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5631 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
5096 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
5632 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
5097 "\n"
5633 msgstr ""
5634 " Visa de angivna filerna som de ser ut i den angivna revisionen. Om\n"
5635 " ingen revision anges, så används arbetskatalogens förälder, eller tip\n"
5636 " om ingen revision är uthämtad."
5637
5638 msgid ""
5098 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5639 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5099 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5640 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
5100 " for the export command, with the following additions:\n"
5641 " for the export command, with the following additions:"
5101 "\n"
5642 msgstr ""
5643 " Utmatning kan vara till en fil, och då anges filnamnet med en\n"
5644 " formatsträng. Formatteringsreglerna är samma som för kommandot\n"
5645 " export, med följande tillägg:"
5646
5647 msgid ""
5102 " :``%s``: basename of file being printed\n"
5648 " :``%s``: basename of file being printed\n"
5103 " :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5649 " :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
5104 " :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5650 " :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
5105 " "
5651 " "
5106 msgstr ""
5652 msgstr ""
5107 "visa den aktuella eller angivna revisionen för filer\n"
5108 "\n"
5109 " Visa de angivna filerna som de ser ut i den angivna revisionen. Om\n"
5110 " ingen revision anges, så används arbetskatalogens förälder, eller tip\n"
5111 " om ingen revision är uthämtad.\n"
5112 "\n"
5113 " Utmatning kan vara till en fil, och då anges filnamnet med en\n"
5114 " formatsträng. Formatteringsreglerna är samma som för kommandot\n"
5115 " export, med följande tillägg:\n"
5116 "\n"
5117 " :``%s``: basnamn på den visade filen\n"
5653 " :``%s``: basnamn på den visade filen\n"
5118 " :``%d``: katalognamn på den visade filen, eller '.' om i arkivroten\n"
5654 " :``%d``: katalognamn på den visade filen, eller '.' om i arkivroten\n"
5119 " :``%p``: rotrelativ sökvägsnamn för den visade filen\n"
5655 " :``%p``: rotrelativ sökvägsnamn för den visade filen\n"
5120 " "
5656 " "
5121
5657
5122 msgid ""
5658 #, fuzzy
5123 "make a copy of an existing repository\n"
5659 msgid "make a copy of an existing repository"
5124 "\n"
5660 msgstr ""
5125 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
5661 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5126 "\n"
5662 "\n"
5663 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5664 "\n"
5665 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5666 " källan att användas.\n"
5667 "\n"
5668 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5669 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5670 "\n"
5671 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5672 "\n"
5673 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5674 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5675 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5676 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5677 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5678 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5679 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5680 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5681 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5682 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
5683 "\n"
5684 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
5685 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
5686 "\n"
5687 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
5688 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
5689 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
5690 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
5691 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
5692 "\n"
5693 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
5694 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
5695 "\n"
5696 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
5697 "\n"
5698 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
5699 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
5700 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
5701 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
5702 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
5703 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
5704 "\n"
5705 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
5706 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
5707 "\n"
5708 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
5709 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
5710 " arbetskatalog\n"
5711 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
5712 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
5713 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
5714 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
5715 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
5716 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
5717 " h) tip\n"
5718 " "
5719
5720 #, fuzzy
5721 msgid " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
5722 msgstr ""
5723 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5724 "\n"
5725 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5726 "\n"
5727 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5728 " källan att användas.\n"
5729 "\n"
5730 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5731 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5732 "\n"
5733 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5734 "\n"
5735 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5736 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5737 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5738 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5739 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5740 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5741 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5742 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5743 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5744 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
5745 "\n"
5746 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
5747 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
5748 "\n"
5749 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
5750 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
5751 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
5752 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
5753 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
5754 "\n"
5755 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
5756 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
5757 "\n"
5758 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
5759 "\n"
5760 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
5761 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
5762 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
5763 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
5764 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
5765 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
5766 "\n"
5767 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
5768 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
5769 "\n"
5770 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
5771 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
5772 " arbetskatalog\n"
5773 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
5774 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
5775 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
5776 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
5777 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
5778 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
5779 " h) tip\n"
5780 " "
5781
5782 #, fuzzy
5783 msgid ""
5127 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
5784 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
5128 " basename of the source.\n"
5785 " basename of the source."
5129 "\n"
5786 msgstr ""
5787 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5788 "\n"
5789 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5790 "\n"
5791 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5792 " källan att användas.\n"
5793 "\n"
5794 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5795 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5796 "\n"
5797 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5798 "\n"
5799 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5800 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5801 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5802 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5803 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5804 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5805 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5806 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5807 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5808 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
5809 "\n"
5810 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
5811 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
5812 "\n"
5813 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
5814 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
5815 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
5816 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
5817 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
5818 "\n"
5819 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
5820 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
5821 "\n"
5822 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
5823 "\n"
5824 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
5825 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
5826 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
5827 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
5828 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
5829 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
5830 "\n"
5831 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
5832 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
5833 "\n"
5834 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
5835 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
5836 " arbetskatalog\n"
5837 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
5838 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
5839 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
5840 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
5841 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
5842 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
5843 " h) tip\n"
5844 " "
5845
5846 #, fuzzy
5847 msgid ""
5130 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
5848 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
5131 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
5849 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
5132 "\n"
5850 msgstr ""
5133 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
5851 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5134 "\n"
5852 "\n"
5853 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5854 "\n"
5855 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5856 " källan att användas.\n"
5857 "\n"
5858 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5859 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5860 "\n"
5861 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5862 "\n"
5863 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5864 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5865 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5866 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5867 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5868 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5869 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5870 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5871 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5872 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
5873 "\n"
5874 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
5875 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
5876 "\n"
5877 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
5878 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
5879 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
5880 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
5881 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
5882 "\n"
5883 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
5884 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
5885 "\n"
5886 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
5887 "\n"
5888 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
5889 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
5890 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
5891 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
5892 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
5893 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
5894 "\n"
5895 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
5896 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
5897 "\n"
5898 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
5899 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
5900 " arbetskatalog\n"
5901 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
5902 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
5903 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
5904 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
5905 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
5906 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
5907 " h) tip\n"
5908 " "
5909
5910 #, fuzzy
5911 msgid " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details."
5912 msgstr ""
5913 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5914 "\n"
5915 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5916 "\n"
5917 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5918 " källan att användas.\n"
5919 "\n"
5920 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5921 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5922 "\n"
5923 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5924 "\n"
5925 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5926 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5927 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5928 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5929 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5930 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5931 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5932 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5933 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5934 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
5935 "\n"
5936 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
5937 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
5938 "\n"
5939 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
5940 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
5941 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
5942 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
5943 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
5944 "\n"
5945 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
5946 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
5947 "\n"
5948 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
5949 "\n"
5950 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
5951 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
5952 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
5953 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
5954 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
5955 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
5956 "\n"
5957 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
5958 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
5959 "\n"
5960 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
5961 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
5962 " arbetskatalog\n"
5963 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
5964 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
5965 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
5966 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
5967 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
5968 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
5969 " h) tip\n"
5970 " "
5971
5972 #, fuzzy
5973 msgid ""
5135 " It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination, but no\n"
5974 " It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination, but no\n"
5136 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
5975 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
5137 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ``ssh://`` URLs.\n"
5976 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ``ssh://`` URLs."
5138 "\n"
5977 msgstr ""
5978 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5979 "\n"
5980 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
5981 "\n"
5982 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
5983 " källan att användas.\n"
5984 "\n"
5985 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
5986 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
5987 "\n"
5988 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5989 "\n"
5990 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
5991 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
5992 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
5993 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
5994 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
5995 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
5996 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
5997 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
5998 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
5999 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6000 "\n"
6001 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6002 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6003 "\n"
6004 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6005 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6006 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6007 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6008 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6009 "\n"
6010 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6011 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6012 "\n"
6013 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6014 "\n"
6015 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6016 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6017 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6018 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6019 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6020 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6021 "\n"
6022 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6023 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6024 "\n"
6025 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6026 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6027 " arbetskatalog\n"
6028 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6029 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6030 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6031 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6032 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6033 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6034 " h) tip\n"
6035 " "
6036
6037 #, fuzzy
6038 msgid ""
5139 " A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified\n"
6039 " A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified\n"
5140 " by listing each changeset (tag, or branch name) with -r/--rev.\n"
6040 " by listing each changeset (tag, or branch name) with -r/--rev.\n"
5141 " If -r/--rev is used, the cloned repository will contain only a subset\n"
6041 " If -r/--rev is used, the cloned repository will contain only a subset\n"
@@ -5143,33 +6043,459 b' msgid ""'
5143 " defined by all -r/--rev options (including all their ancestors)\n"
6043 " defined by all -r/--rev options (including all their ancestors)\n"
5144 " will be pulled into the destination repository.\n"
6044 " will be pulled into the destination repository.\n"
5145 " No subsequent changesets (including subsequent tags) will be present\n"
6045 " No subsequent changesets (including subsequent tags) will be present\n"
5146 " in the destination.\n"
6046 " in the destination."
5147 "\n"
6047 msgstr ""
6048 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6049 "\n"
6050 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6051 "\n"
6052 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6053 " källan att användas.\n"
6054 "\n"
6055 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6056 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6057 "\n"
6058 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6059 "\n"
6060 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6061 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6062 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6063 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6064 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6065 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6066 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6067 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6068 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6069 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6070 "\n"
6071 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6072 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6073 "\n"
6074 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6075 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6076 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6077 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6078 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6079 "\n"
6080 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6081 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6082 "\n"
6083 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6084 "\n"
6085 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6086 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6087 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6088 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6089 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6090 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6091 "\n"
6092 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6093 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6094 "\n"
6095 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6096 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6097 " arbetskatalog\n"
6098 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6099 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6100 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6101 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6102 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6103 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6104 " h) tip\n"
6105 " "
6106
6107 #, fuzzy
6108 msgid ""
5148 " Using -r/--rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies --pull, even for\n"
6109 " Using -r/--rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies --pull, even for\n"
5149 " local source repositories.\n"
6110 " local source repositories."
5150 "\n"
6111 msgstr ""
6112 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6113 "\n"
6114 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6115 "\n"
6116 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6117 " källan att användas.\n"
6118 "\n"
6119 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6120 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6121 "\n"
6122 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6123 "\n"
6124 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6125 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6126 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6127 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6128 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6129 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6130 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6131 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6132 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6133 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6134 "\n"
6135 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6136 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6137 "\n"
6138 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6139 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6140 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6141 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6142 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6143 "\n"
6144 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6145 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6146 "\n"
6147 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6148 "\n"
6149 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6150 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6151 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6152 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6153 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6154 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6155 "\n"
6156 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6157 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6158 "\n"
6159 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6160 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6161 " arbetskatalog\n"
6162 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6163 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6164 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6165 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6166 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6167 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6168 " h) tip\n"
6169 " "
6170
6171 #, fuzzy
6172 msgid ""
5151 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
6173 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
5152 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
6174 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
5153 " to the repository data, not to the working directory). Some\n"
6175 " to the repository data, not to the working directory). Some\n"
5154 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
6176 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
5155 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
6177 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
5156 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
6178 " avoid hardlinking."
5157 "\n"
6179 msgstr ""
6180 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6181 "\n"
6182 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6183 "\n"
6184 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6185 " källan att användas.\n"
6186 "\n"
6187 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6188 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6189 "\n"
6190 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6191 "\n"
6192 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6193 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6194 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6195 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6196 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6197 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6198 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6199 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6200 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6201 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6202 "\n"
6203 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6204 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6205 "\n"
6206 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6207 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6208 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6209 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6210 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6211 "\n"
6212 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6213 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6214 "\n"
6215 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6216 "\n"
6217 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6218 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6219 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6220 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6221 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6222 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6223 "\n"
6224 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6225 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6226 "\n"
6227 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6228 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6229 " arbetskatalog\n"
6230 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6231 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6232 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6233 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6234 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6235 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6236 " h) tip\n"
6237 " "
6238
6239 #, fuzzy
6240 msgid ""
5158 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working directory\n"
6241 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working directory\n"
5159 " using full hardlinks with ::\n"
6242 " using full hardlinks with ::"
5160 "\n"
6243 msgstr ""
5161 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
6244 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
5162 "\n"
6245 "\n"
6246 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6247 "\n"
6248 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6249 " källan att användas.\n"
6250 "\n"
6251 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6252 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6253 "\n"
6254 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6255 "\n"
6256 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6257 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6258 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6259 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6260 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6261 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6262 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6263 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6264 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6265 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6266 "\n"
6267 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6268 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6269 "\n"
6270 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6271 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6272 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6273 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6274 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6275 "\n"
6276 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6277 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6278 "\n"
6279 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6280 "\n"
6281 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6282 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6283 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6284 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6285 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6286 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6287 "\n"
6288 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6289 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6290 "\n"
6291 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6292 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6293 " arbetskatalog\n"
6294 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6295 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6296 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6297 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6298 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6299 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6300 " h) tip\n"
6301 " "
6302
6303 #, fuzzy
6304 msgid " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE"
6305 msgstr ""
6306 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6307 "\n"
6308 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6309 "\n"
6310 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6311 " källan att användas.\n"
6312 "\n"
6313 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6314 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6315 "\n"
6316 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6317 "\n"
6318 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6319 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6320 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6321 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6322 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6323 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6324 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6325 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6326 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6327 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6328 "\n"
6329 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6330 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6331 "\n"
6332 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6333 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6334 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6335 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6336 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6337 "\n"
6338 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6339 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6340 "\n"
6341 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6342 "\n"
6343 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6344 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6345 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6346 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6347 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6348 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6349 "\n"
6350 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6351 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6352 "\n"
6353 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6354 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6355 " arbetskatalog\n"
6356 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6357 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6358 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6359 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6360 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6361 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6362 " h) tip\n"
6363 " "
6364
6365 #, fuzzy
6366 msgid ""
5163 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
6367 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
5164 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
6368 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
5165 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
6369 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
5166 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
6370 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
5167 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
6371 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
5168 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
6372 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq."
5169 "\n"
6373 msgstr ""
6374 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6375 "\n"
6376 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6377 "\n"
6378 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6379 " källan att användas.\n"
6380 "\n"
6381 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6382 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6383 "\n"
6384 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6385 "\n"
6386 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6387 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6388 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6389 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6390 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6391 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6392 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6393 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6394 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6395 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6396 "\n"
6397 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6398 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6399 "\n"
6400 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6401 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6402 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6403 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6404 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6405 "\n"
6406 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6407 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6408 "\n"
6409 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6410 "\n"
6411 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6412 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6413 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6414 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6415 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6416 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6417 "\n"
6418 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6419 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6420 "\n"
6421 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6422 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6423 " arbetskatalog\n"
6424 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6425 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6426 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6427 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6428 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6429 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6430 " h) tip\n"
6431 " "
6432
6433 #, fuzzy
6434 msgid ""
5170 " Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable\n"
6435 " Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable\n"
5171 " revision from this list:\n"
6436 " revision from this list:"
5172 "\n"
6437 msgstr ""
6438 "gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
6439 "\n"
6440 " Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
6441 "\n"
6442 " Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
6443 " källan att användas.\n"
6444 "\n"
6445 " Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
6446 " som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
6447 "\n"
6448 " Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
6449 "\n"
6450 " Det är möjligt att specificera en ``ssh://``-URL som destination, men\n"
6451 " ingen .hg/hgrc och arbetskatalog skapas på fjärrsidan.\n"
6452 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om ``ssh://``-URLer.\n"
6453 " En grupp ändringar (märken, eller grennamn) att dra kan specificeras\n"
6454 " genom att lista varje ändring (märke, eller grennamn) med -r/--rev.\n"
6455 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer det klonade arkivet bara att innehålla en\n"
6456 " delmängd av ändringarna i källarkivet. Bara ändringarna definierade med\n"
6457 " -r/--rev (och alla föräldrar) kommer att dras in i destinationsarkivet.\n"
6458 " Inga efterföljande ändringar (inklusive efterföljande märken) kommer\n"
6459 " att finnas i destinationen.\n"
6460 "\n"
6461 " Användande av -r/--rev (eller 'clone källa#rev dest') aktiverar också\n"
6462 " --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
6463 "\n"
6464 " Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
6465 " är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
6466 " inte arbetskopian). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
6467 " hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
6468 " för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
6469 "\n"
6470 " I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och arbetskopia, alla\n"
6471 " hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
6472 "\n"
6473 " $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
6474 "\n"
6475 " Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
6476 " Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
6477 " operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
6478 " hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
6479 " inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
6480 " under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
6481 "\n"
6482 " Mercurial uppdaterar arbetskatalogen till den första passande\n"
6483 " revisionen från den här listan:\n"
6484 "\n"
6485 " a) null med -U eller källarkivet inte har några ändringar\n"
6486 " b) med -u . och källarkivet, den första föräldern av källarkivets\n"
6487 " arbetskatalog\n"
6488 " c) ändringen antigen med -u (om ett grennamn, innebär det senaste\n"
6489 " huvudet på den grenen)\n"
6490 " d) ändringen angiven med -r\n"
6491 " e) det högsta huvudet angivet med -b\n"
6492 " f) det högsta huvudet angivent med källsyntaxen url#gren\n"
6493 " g) det högsta huvudet på default-grenen\n"
6494 " h) tip\n"
6495 " "
6496
6497 #, fuzzy
6498 msgid ""
5173 " a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets\n"
6499 " a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets\n"
5174 " b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of\n"
6500 " b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of\n"
5175 " the source repository's working directory\n"
6501 " the source repository's working directory\n"
@@ -5244,42 +6570,38 b' msgstr ""'
5244 msgid "cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"
6570 msgid "cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"
5245 msgstr "kan inte ange både --noupdate och --updaterev"
6571 msgstr "kan inte ange både --noupdate och --updaterev"
5246
6572
5247 msgid ""
6573 msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes"
5248 "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n"
6574 msgstr "arkivera de angivna filerna eller alla ändringar"
5249 "\n"
6575
6576 msgid ""
5250 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
6577 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5251 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
6578 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5252 " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
6579 " for a way to actively distribute your changes."
5253 "\n"
6580 msgstr ""
5254 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5255 " will be committed.\n"
5256 "\n"
5257 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5258 " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
5259 "\n"
5260 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5261 " started to prompt you for a message.\n"
5262 "\n"
5263 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5264 " "
5265 msgstr ""
5266 "arkivera de angivna filerna eller alla ändringar\n"
5267 "\n"
5268 " Arkiverar ändringar för de angivna filerna i arkivet. Till skillnad\n"
6581 " Arkiverar ändringar för de angivna filerna i arkivet. Till skillnad\n"
5269 " från ett centralicerat RCS, är detta en lokal operation. Se hg push\n"
6582 " från ett centralicerat RCS, är detta en lokal operation. Se hg push\n"
5270 " för ett sätt att aktivt distribuera dina ändringar.\n"
6583 " för ett sätt att aktivt distribuera dina ändringar."
5271 "\n"
6584
6585 msgid ""
6586 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
6587 " will be committed."
6588 msgstr ""
5272 " Om filer inte anges, kommer alla ändringar som \"hg status\"\n"
6589 " Om filer inte anges, kommer alla ändringar som \"hg status\"\n"
5273 " rapporterar att arkiveras.\n"
6590 " rapporterar att arkiveras."
5274 "\n"
6591
6592 msgid ""
6593 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
6594 " filenames or -I/-X filters."
6595 msgstr ""
5275 " Om du arkiverar resultatet av en sammanfogning, ange inga filnamn\n"
6596 " Om du arkiverar resultatet av en sammanfogning, ange inga filnamn\n"
5276 " eller flaggorna -I/-X.\n"
6597 " eller flaggorna -I/-X."
5277 "\n"
6598
6599 msgid ""
6600 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
6601 " started to prompt you for a message."
6602 msgstr ""
5278 " Om inget arkiveringsmeddelande anges, kommer den konfigurerade editorn\n"
6603 " Om inget arkiveringsmeddelande anges, kommer den konfigurerade editorn\n"
5279 " att startas och fråga om meddelandet.\n"
6604 " att startas och fråga om meddelandet."
5280 "\n"
5281 " Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
5282 " "
5283
6605
5284 msgid "nothing changed\n"
6606 msgid "nothing changed\n"
5285 msgstr "inget ändrat\n"
6607 msgstr "inget ändrat\n"
@@ -5291,31 +6613,32 b' msgstr "skapade ett nytt huvud\\n"'
5291 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
6613 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
5292 msgstr "arkiverade ändringen %d:%s\n"
6614 msgstr "arkiverade ändringen %d:%s\n"
5293
6615
5294 msgid ""
6616 msgid "mark files as copied for the next commit"
5295 "mark files as copied for the next commit\n"
6617 msgstr "markera filer som kopierade vid nästa arkivering"
5296 "\n"
6618
6619 msgid ""
5297 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
6620 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5298 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
6621 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5299 " the source must be a single file.\n"
6622 " the source must be a single file."
5300 "\n"
6623 msgstr ""
6624 " Markera dest som kopia av källfilerna. Om dest är en katalog,\n"
6625 " placeras kopiorna i den katalogen. Om dest är en fil, måste källan\n"
6626 " vara en enda fil."
6627
6628 msgid ""
5301 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
6629 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5302 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
6630 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5303 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
6631 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
5304 "\n"
6632 msgstr ""
6633 " Som standard kopierar detta kommando filinnehållet som det ser ut i\n"
6634 " arbetskatalogen. Om det aktiveras med -A/--after, sparas operationen\n"
6635 " men ingen kopiering utförs."
6636
6637 msgid ""
5305 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
6638 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5306 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6639 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5307 " "
6640 " "
5308 msgstr ""
6641 msgstr ""
5309 "markera filer som kopierade vid nästa arkivering\n"
5310 "\n"
5311 " Markera dest som kopia av källfilerna. Om dest är en katalog,\n"
5312 " placeras kopiorna i den katalogen. Om dest är en fil, måste källan\n"
5313 " vara en enda fil.\n"
5314 "\n"
5315 " Som standard kopierar detta kommando filinnehållet som det ser ut i\n"
5316 " arbetskatalogen. Om det aktiveras med -A/--after, sparas operationen\n"
5317 " men ingen kopiering utförs.\n"
5318 "\n"
5319 " Kommandot slår igenom vid nästa arkivering. För att ångra en\n"
6642 " Kommandot slår igenom vid nästa arkivering. För att ångra en\n"
5320 " kopiering innan dess, se hg revert.\n"
6643 " kopiering innan dess, se hg revert.\n"
5321 " "
6644 " "
@@ -5354,31 +6677,31 b' msgstr "%s i manifest1, men listad med s'
5354 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
6677 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
5355 msgstr ".hg/dirstate överrensstämmer inte med nuvarande förälders manifest"
6678 msgstr ".hg/dirstate överrensstämmer inte med nuvarande förälders manifest"
5356
6679
5357 msgid ""
6680 msgid "show combined config settings from all hgrc files"
5358 "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n"
6681 msgstr "visa kombinerade konfigurationsalternativ från alla hgrc-filer"
5359 "\n"
6682
5360 " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
6683 msgid " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
5361 "\n"
6684 msgstr " Utan argument, skrivs namn och värden för alla alternativ."
6685
6686 msgid ""
5362 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
6687 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5363 " of that config item.\n"
6688 " of that config item."
5364 "\n"
6689 msgstr ""
6690 " Med ett argument i formen sektion.namn, visas bara värdet för det\n"
6691 " konfigurationsalternativet."
6692
6693 msgid ""
5365 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
6694 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5366 " items with matching section names.\n"
6695 " items with matching section names."
5367 "\n"
6696 msgstr ""
6697 " Med flera argument, visas namn och värden för alla alternativ med\n"
6698 " överrensstämmande sektionsnamn."
6699
6700 msgid ""
5368 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
6701 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5369 " for each config item.\n"
6702 " for each config item.\n"
5370 " "
6703 " "
5371 msgstr ""
6704 msgstr ""
5372 "visa kombinerade konfigurationsalternativ från alla hgrc-filer\n"
5373 "\n"
5374 " Utan argument, skrivs namn och värden för alla alternativ.\n"
5375 "\n"
5376 " Med ett argument i formen sektion.namn, visas bara värdet för det\n"
5377 " konfigurationsalternativet.\n"
5378 "\n"
5379 " Med flera argument, visas namn och värden för alla alternativ med\n"
5380 " överrensstämmande sektionsnamn.\n"
5381 "\n"
5382 " Med --debug, visas källan (filnamn och radnummer) för varje\n"
6705 " Med --debug, visas källan (filnamn och radnummer) för varje\n"
5383 " alternativ.\n"
6706 " alternativ.\n"
5384 " "
6707 " "
@@ -5386,9 +6709,10 b' msgstr ""'
5386 msgid "only one config item permitted"
6709 msgid "only one config item permitted"
5387 msgstr "bara ett konfigurationsalternativ tillåts"
6710 msgstr "bara ett konfigurationsalternativ tillåts"
5388
6711
5389 msgid ""
6712 msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory"
5390 "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n"
6713 msgstr ""
5391 "\n"
6714
6715 msgid ""
5392 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
6716 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
5393 " be used with care.\n"
6717 " be used with care.\n"
5394 " "
6718 " "
@@ -5454,14 +6778,10 b' msgstr ""'
5454 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
6778 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
5455 msgstr ""
6779 msgstr ""
5456
6780
5457 msgid ""
6781 msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
5458 " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. "
6782 msgstr ""
5459 "Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
6783
5460 msgstr ""
6784 msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
5461
5462 msgid ""
5463 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
5464 "selenic.com/bts/\n"
5465 msgstr ""
6785 msgstr ""
5466
6786
5467 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
6787 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
@@ -5504,76 +6824,81 b' msgstr ""'
5504 msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
6824 msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
5505 msgstr ""
6825 msgstr ""
5506
6826
5507 msgid ""
6827 msgid "diff repository (or selected files)"
5508 "diff repository (or selected files)\n"
6828 msgstr "visa skillnader i arkivet (eller på valda filer)"
5509 "\n"
6829
5510 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
6830 msgid " Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
5511 "\n"
6831 msgstr " Visa skillnader mellan revisioner för specificerade filer."
5512 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
6832
5513 "\n"
6833 msgid " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
6834 msgstr " Skillnaderna mellan filerna visas i unified diff-format."
6835
6836 msgid ""
5514 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
6837 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5515 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
6838 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5516 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
6839 " changeset if no revisions are specified."
5517 "\n"
6840 msgstr ""
5518 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
6841 " NOTERA: diff kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
5519 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
6842 " eftersom den som standard kommer att jämföra mot arbetskatalogens\n"
5520 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
6843 " tidigare ändring om ingen revision anges."
5521 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
6844
5522 " to its parent.\n"
6845 msgid ""
5523 "\n"
5524 " Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see\n"
6846 " Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see\n"
5525 " the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.\n"
6847 " the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent."
5526 "\n"
6848 msgstr ""
6849 " Alternativt så kan du ange -c/--change med en revision för att se\n"
6850 " modifikationerna i den ändringen relativt till dess första förälder."
6851
6852 msgid ""
5527 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
6853 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5528 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
6854 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5529 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
6855 " anyway, probably with undesirable results."
5530 "\n"
6856 msgstr ""
6857 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer diff att försöka undvika att visa\n"
6858 " skillnader mellan binära filer. Med -a, kommer en diff att skapas ändå,\n"
6859 " troligtvis med oönskade resultat."
6860
6861 msgid ""
5531 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6862 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5532 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
6863 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5533 " "
6864 " "
5534 msgstr ""
6865 msgstr ""
5535 "visa skillnader i arkivet (eller på valda filer)\n"
5536 "\n"
5537 " Visa skillnader mellan revisioner för specificerade filer.\n"
5538 "\n"
5539 " Skillnaderna mellan filerna visas i unified diff-format.\n"
5540 "\n"
5541 " NOTERA: diff kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
5542 " eftersom den som standard kommer att jämföra mot arbetskatalogens\n"
5543 " tidigare ändring om ingen revision anges.\n"
5544 "\n"
5545 " När två revisioner anges, visas ändringarna mellan dessa två\n"
5546 " revisioner. Om bara en revision anges kommer den att jämföras med\n"
5547 " arbetskatalogen, och om ingen revision anges, jämförs arbetskatalogens\n"
5548 " filer med dess förälder.\n"
5549 "\n"
5550 " Alternativt så kan du ange -c/--change med en revision för att se\n"
5551 " modifikationerna i den ändringen relativt till dess första förälder.\n"
5552 "\n"
5553 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer diff att försöka undvika att visa\n"
5554 " skillnader mellan binära filer. Med -a, kommer en diff att skapas ändå,\n"
5555 " troligtvis med oönskade resultat.\n"
5556 "\n"
5557 " Använd flaggan -g/--git för att skapa diffs i gits utökade format. För\n"
6866 " Använd flaggan -g/--git för att skapa diffs i gits utökade format. För\n"
5558 " mer information, läs 'hg help diffs'.\n"
6867 " mer information, läs 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5559 " "
6868 " "
5560
6869
5561 msgid ""
6870 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
5562 "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n"
6871 msgstr "dumpa rubrik och diff för en eller fler ändringar"
5563 "\n"
6872
5564 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
6873 msgid " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
5565 "\n"
6874 msgstr " Skriv ändringsrubriken och diffen för en eller fler revisioner."
6875
6876 msgid ""
5566 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,\n"
6877 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,\n"
5567 " branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit\n"
6878 " branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit\n"
5568 " comment.\n"
6879 " comment."
5569 "\n"
6880 msgstr ""
6881 " Informationen som visas i ändringsheadern är: författare, datum,\n"
6882 " grenens namn (om inte default), ändringens hash, föräldrar och\n"
6883 " arkiveringskommentar."
6884
6885 msgid ""
5570 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6886 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5571 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
6887 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5572 " first parent only.\n"
6888 " first parent only."
5573 "\n"
6889 msgstr ""
6890 " NOTERA: export kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
6891 " eftersom den som standard bara kommer att jämföra mot den första\n"
6892 " föräldern."
6893
6894 msgid ""
5574 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
6895 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5575 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:\n"
6896 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:"
5576 "\n"
6897 msgstr ""
6898 " Utmatning kan vara till en fil, och då anges namnet på filen med en\n"
6899 " formatsträng. Formateringsreglerna är som följer::"
6900
6901 msgid ""
5577 " :``%%``: literal \"%\" character\n"
6902 " :``%%``: literal \"%\" character\n"
5578 " :``%H``: changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6903 " :``%H``: changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5579 " :``%N``: number of patches being generated\n"
6904 " :``%N``: number of patches being generated\n"
@@ -5581,34 +6906,8 b' msgid ""'
5581 " :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository\n"
6906 " :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository\n"
5582 " :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
6907 " :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5583 " :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
6908 " :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5584 " :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
6909 " :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number"
5585 "\n"
6910 msgstr ""
5586 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
5587 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
5588 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5589 "\n"
5590 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5591 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
5592 "\n"
5593 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
5594 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
5595 " "
5596 msgstr ""
5597 "dumpa rubrik och diff för en eller fler ändringar\n"
5598 "\n"
5599 " Skriv ändringsrubriken och diffen för en eller fler revisioner.\n"
5600 "\n"
5601 " Informationen som visas i ändringsheadern är: författare, datum,\n"
5602 " grenens namn (om inte default), ändringens hash, föräldrar och\n"
5603 " arkiveringskommentar.\n"
5604 "\n"
5605 " NOTERA: export kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
5606 " eftersom den som standard bara kommer att jämföra mot den första\n"
5607 " föräldern.\n"
5608 "\n"
5609 " Utmatning kan vara till en fil, och då anges namnet på filen med en\n"
5610 " formatsträng. Formateringsreglerna är som följer::\n"
5611 "\n"
5612 " :``%%``: ett \"%\"-tecken\n"
6911 " :``%%``: ett \"%\"-tecken\n"
5613 " :``%H``: ändringshash (40 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
6912 " :``%H``: ändringshash (40 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
5614 " :``%N``: antal genererade patchar\n"
6913 " :``%N``: antal genererade patchar\n"
@@ -5616,15 +6915,29 b' msgstr ""'
5616 " :``%b``: basnamn för det exporterande arkivet\n"
6915 " :``%b``: basnamn för det exporterande arkivet\n"
5617 " :``%h``: kort ändringshash (12 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
6916 " :``%h``: kort ändringshash (12 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
5618 " :``%n``: nollpaddat sekvensnummer, börjar med 1\n"
6917 " :``%n``: nollpaddat sekvensnummer, börjar med 1\n"
5619 " :``%r``: nollpaddat ändringsrevisionsnummer\n"
6918 " :``%r``: nollpaddat ändringsrevisionsnummer"
5620 "\n"
6919
6920 msgid ""
6921 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
6922 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
6923 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
6924 msgstr ""
5621 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer export att undvika skapandet av diffar\n"
6925 " Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer export att undvika skapandet av diffar\n"
5622 " av filer som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att exporteras\n"
6926 " av filer som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att exporteras\n"
5623 " ändå, även om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart.\n"
6927 " ändå, även om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart."
5624 "\n"
6928
6929 msgid ""
6930 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6931 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
6932 msgstr ""
5625 " Använd flaggan -g/--git för att generera diffar i gits utökade format.\n"
6933 " Använd flaggan -g/--git för att generera diffar i gits utökade format.\n"
5626 " Se 'hg help diffs' för mer information.\n"
6934 " Se 'hg help diffs' för mer information."
5627 "\n"
6935
6936 msgid ""
6937 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
6938 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
6939 " "
6940 msgstr ""
5628 " Med flaggan --switch-parent, kommer diffen att vara mot den andra\n"
6941 " Med flaggan --switch-parent, kommer diffen att vara mot den andra\n"
5629 " föräldern. Det kan vara användbart för att granska en sammanfogning.\n"
6942 " föräldern. Det kan vara användbart för att granska en sammanfogning.\n"
5630 " "
6943 " "
@@ -5638,27 +6951,28 b' msgstr ""'
5638 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
6951 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
5639 msgstr ""
6952 msgstr ""
5640
6953
5641 msgid ""
6954 msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit"
5642 "forget the specified files on the next commit\n"
6955 msgstr "glöm de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering"
5643 "\n"
6956
6957 msgid ""
5644 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
6958 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
5645 " after the next commit.\n"
6959 " after the next commit."
5646 "\n"
6960 msgstr ""
6961 " Märk de specificerade filerna så att de inte längre kommer att spåras\n"
6962 " efter nästa arkivering."
6963
6964 msgid ""
5647 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6965 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5648 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
6966 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
5649 " working directory.\n"
6967 " working directory."
5650 "\n"
6968 msgstr ""
6969 " Detta tar bara bort filer från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
6970 " projekthistoriken, och det raderar dem inte från arbetskatalogen."
6971
6972 msgid ""
5651 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
6973 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
5652 " "
6974 " "
5653 msgstr ""
6975 msgstr ""
5654 "glöm de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering\n"
5655 "\n"
5656 " Märk de specificerade filerna så att de inte längre kommer att spåras\n"
5657 " efter nästa arkivering.\n"
5658 "\n"
5659 " Detta tar bara bort filer från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
5660 " projekthistoriken, och det raderar dem inte från arbetskatalogen.\n"
5661 "\n"
5662 " För att ångra en forget innan nästa arkivering, se hg add.\n"
6976 " För att ångra en forget innan nästa arkivering, se hg add.\n"
5663 " "
6977 " "
5664
6978
@@ -5669,16 +6983,23 b' msgstr ""'
5669 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
6983 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
5670 msgstr ""
6984 msgstr ""
5671
6985
5672 msgid ""
6986 msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions"
5673 "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n"
6987 msgstr "sök efter ett mänster i specificerade filer och revisioner"
5674 "\n"
6988
5675 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
6989 msgid " Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
5676 "\n"
6990 msgstr " Söker igenom revisioner och filer med reguljära uttryck."
6991
6992 msgid ""
5677 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
6993 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
5678 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
6994 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
5679 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
6995 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
5680 " match appears.\n"
6996 " match appears."
5681 "\n"
6997 msgstr ""
6998 " Det här kommandot beter sig annorlunda jämfört med grep i Unix. Det\n"
6999 " accepterar bara Python/Perl-regexps. Det söker arkivhistorik, inte\n"
7000 " arbetskatalogen. Det visar också revisionsnumret där en träff finns."
7001
7002 msgid ""
5682 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
7003 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
5683 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
7004 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
5684 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
7005 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
@@ -5686,14 +7007,6 b' msgid ""'
5686 " use the --all flag.\n"
7007 " use the --all flag.\n"
5687 " "
7008 " "
5688 msgstr ""
7009 msgstr ""
5689 "sök efter ett mänster i specificerade filer och revisioner\n"
5690 "\n"
5691 " Söker igenom revisioner och filer med reguljära uttryck.\n"
5692 "\n"
5693 " Det här kommandot beter sig annorlunda jämfört med grep i Unix. Det\n"
5694 " accepterar bara Python/Perl-regexps. Det söker arkivhistorik, inte\n"
5695 " arbetskatalogen. Det visar också revisionsnumret där en träff finns.\n"
5696 "\n"
5697 " Som standard visar grep bara utmatningen från den första revisionen\n"
7010 " Som standard visar grep bara utmatningen från den första revisionen\n"
5698 " av en matchande fil. För att visa varje revision som innehåller en\n"
7011 " av en matchande fil. För att visa varje revision som innehåller en\n"
5699 " ändring i träffstatus (\"-\" för en träff som blir en icke-träff,\n"
7012 " ändring i träffstatus (\"-\" för en träff som blir en icke-träff,\n"
@@ -5705,48 +7018,49 b' msgstr ""'
5705 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
7018 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
5706 msgstr "grep: ogiltigt träffmönster: %s\n"
7019 msgstr "grep: ogiltigt träffmönster: %s\n"
5707
7020
5708 msgid ""
7021 msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads"
5709 "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n"
7022 msgstr "visa aktuella arkivhuvuden och visar grenhuvuden"
5710 "\n"
7023
5711 " With no arguments, show all repository branch heads.\n"
7024 msgid " With no arguments, show all repository branch heads."
5712 "\n"
7025 msgstr " Utan några argument visas alla ändringar som är grenhuvuden."
7026
7027 msgid ""
5713 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
7028 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
5714 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
7029 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
5715 " for update and merge operations. Branch heads are changesets that have\n"
7030 " for update and merge operations. Branch heads are changesets that have\n"
5716 " no child changeset on the same branch.\n"
7031 " no child changeset on the same branch."
5717 "\n"
7032 msgstr ""
5718 " If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches\n"
5719 " associated with the specified changesets are shown.\n"
5720 "\n"
5721 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
5722 " (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5723 "\n"
5724 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
5725 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
5726 "\n"
5727 " If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and "
5728 "only\n"
5729 " changesets without children will be shown.\n"
5730 " "
5731 msgstr ""
5732 "visa aktuella arkivhuvuden och visar grenhuvuden\n"
5733 "\n"
5734 " Utan några argument visas alla ändringar som är grenhuvuden.\n"
5735 "\n"
5736 " Arkiv-\"huvuden\" är ändringar utan barnändringar. Det är vanligtvis\n"
7033 " Arkiv-\"huvuden\" är ändringar utan barnändringar. Det är vanligtvis\n"
5737 " där som utveckling sker och är de vanligaste målen för update- och\n"
7034 " där som utveckling sker och är de vanligaste målen för update- och\n"
5738 " merge-operationer. Grenhuvuden är ändringar som inte har några\n"
7035 " merge-operationer. Grenhuvuden är ändringar som inte har några\n"
5739 " barnändringar på samma gren.\n"
7036 " barnändringar på samma gren."
5740 "\n"
7037
7038 msgid ""
7039 " If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches\n"
7040 " associated with the specified changesets are shown."
7041 msgstr ""
5741 " Om en eller flera REV anges, kommer bara grenhuvuden på grenar\n"
7042 " Om en eller flera REV anges, kommer bara grenhuvuden på grenar\n"
5742 " som är associerade med de angivna ändringarna att visas.\n"
7043 " som är associerade med de angivna ändringarna att visas."
5743 "\n"
7044
7045 msgid ""
7046 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
7047 " (see hg commit --close-branch)."
7048 msgstr ""
5744 " Om -c/--closed anges, visas också grenvhuvuden som markerats som\n"
7049 " Om -c/--closed anges, visas också grenvhuvuden som markerats som\n"
5745 " stängda (se hg commit --close-branch).\n"
7050 " stängda (se hg commit --close-branch)."
5746 "\n"
7051
7052 msgid ""
7053 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
7054 " STARTREV will be displayed."
7055 msgstr ""
5747 " Om STARTREV anges, visas bara de huvuden som har STARTREV som\n"
7056 " Om STARTREV anges, visas bara de huvuden som har STARTREV som\n"
5748 " anfader.\n"
7057 " anfader."
5749 "\n"
7058
7059 msgid ""
7060 " If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only\n"
7061 " changesets without children will be shown.\n"
7062 " "
7063 msgstr ""
5750 " Om -t/--topo anges, ignoreras all logik för namngivna grenar och bara\n"
7064 " Om -t/--topo anges, ignoreras all logik för namngivna grenar och bara\n"
5751 " ändringar utan barn kommer att visas.\n"
7065 " ändringar utan barn kommer att visas.\n"
5752 " "
7066 " "
@@ -5759,18 +7073,16 b' msgstr "inga \xc3\xb6ppna grenhuvuden hittades p\xc3\xa5 grenarna %s"'
5759 msgid " (started at %s)"
7073 msgid " (started at %s)"
5760 msgstr " (började som %s)"
7074 msgstr " (började som %s)"
5761
7075
5762 msgid ""
7076 msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview"
5763 "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n"
7077 msgstr "visa hjälp för ett givet ämne eller en hjälpöversikt"
5764 "\n"
7078
5765 " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
7079 msgid " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
5766 "\n"
7080 msgstr " Utan argument visas en kommandolista med korta hjälpmeddelanden."
7081
7082 msgid ""
5767 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
7083 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
5768 " topic."
7084 " topic."
5769 msgstr ""
7085 msgstr ""
5770 "visa hjälp för ett givet ämne eller en hjälpöversikt\n"
5771 "\n"
5772 " Utan argument visas en kommandolista med korta hjälpmeddelanden.\n"
5773 "\n"
5774 " Med ett ämne, utökning eller kommandonamn, visas hjälp för det ämnet.\n"
7086 " Med ett ämne, utökning eller kommandonamn, visas hjälp för det ämnet.\n"
5775 " "
7087 " "
5776
7088
@@ -5781,8 +7093,7 b' msgid "use \\"hg help\\" for the full list'
5781 msgstr "använd \"hg help\" för den fulla kommandolistan"
7093 msgstr "använd \"hg help\" för den fulla kommandolistan"
5782
7094
5783 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands or \"hg -v\" for details"
7095 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands or \"hg -v\" for details"
5784 msgstr ""
7096 msgstr "använd \"hg help\" för en full kommandolista eller \"hg -v\" för detaljer"
5785 "använd \"hg help\" för en full kommandolista eller \"hg -v\" för detaljer"
5786
7097
5787 #, python-format
7098 #, python-format
5788 msgid "use \"hg -v help%s\" to show aliases and global options"
7099 msgid "use \"hg -v help%s\" to show aliases and global options"
@@ -5792,12 +7103,8 b' msgstr "anv\xc3\xa4nd \\"hg -v help%s\\" f\xc3\xb6r att visa alias och globala flaggor"'
5792 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
7103 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
5793 msgstr "använd \"hg -v help %s\" för att visa globala flaggor"
7104 msgstr "använd \"hg -v help %s\" för att visa globala flaggor"
5794
7105
5795 msgid ""
7106 msgid "list of commands:"
5796 "list of commands:\n"
7107 msgstr "kommandolista:"
5797 "\n"
5798 msgstr ""
5799 "kommandolista:\n"
5800 "\n"
5801
7108
5802 #, python-format
7109 #, python-format
5803 msgid ""
7110 msgid ""
@@ -5811,14 +7118,12 b' msgid "(no help text available)"'
5811 msgstr "(ingen hjälptext tillgänglig)"
7118 msgstr "(ingen hjälptext tillgänglig)"
5812
7119
5813 #, python-format
7120 #, python-format
5814 msgid ""
7121 msgid "alias for: hg %s"
5815 "alias for: hg %s\n"
7122 msgstr "alias för: hg %s"
5816 "\n"
7123
5817 "%s"
7124 #, python-format
5818 msgstr ""
7125 msgid "%s"
5819 "alias för: hg %s\n"
7126 msgstr "%s"
5820 "\n"
5821 "%s"
5822
7127
5823 #, python-format
7128 #, python-format
5824 msgid ""
7129 msgid ""
@@ -5838,16 +7143,11 b' msgid "no help text available"'
5838 msgstr "ingen hjälptext tillgänglig"
7143 msgstr "ingen hjälptext tillgänglig"
5839
7144
5840 #, python-format
7145 #, python-format
5841 msgid ""
7146 msgid "%s extension - %s"
5842 "%s extension - %s\n"
7147 msgstr "%s-utökning - %s"
5843 "\n"
5844 msgstr ""
5845 "%s-utökning - %s\n"
5846 "\n"
5847
7148
5848 msgid "use \"hg help extensions\" for information on enabling extensions\n"
7149 msgid "use \"hg help extensions\" for information on enabling extensions\n"
5849 msgstr ""
7150 msgstr "använd \"hg help extensions\" för information om aktivering av utökningar\n"
5850 "använd \"hg help extensions\" för information om aktivering av utökningar\n"
5851
7151
5852 #, python-format
7152 #, python-format
5853 msgid "'%s' is provided by the following extension:"
7153 msgid "'%s' is provided by the following extension:"
@@ -5856,12 +7156,8 b' msgstr "\'%s\' tillhandah\xc3\xa5lls av f\xc3\xb6ljande ut\xc3\xb6kning:"'
5856 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
7156 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
5857 msgstr "Mercurial Distribuerad SCM\n"
7157 msgstr "Mercurial Distribuerad SCM\n"
5858
7158
5859 msgid ""
7159 msgid "basic commands:"
5860 "basic commands:\n"
7160 msgstr "grundläggande kommandon:"
5861 "\n"
5862 msgstr ""
5863 "grundläggande kommandon:\n"
5864 "\n"
5865
7161
5866 msgid "enabled extensions:"
7162 msgid "enabled extensions:"
5867 msgstr "aktiverade utökningar:"
7163 msgstr "aktiverade utökningar:"
@@ -5871,72 +7167,84 b' msgstr "F\xc3\x96RLEGAD"'
5871
7167
5872 msgid ""
7168 msgid ""
5873 "\n"
7169 "\n"
5874 "additional help topics:\n"
7170 "additional help topics:"
5875 "\n"
7171 msgstr ""
5876 msgstr ""
7172 "\n"
5877 "\n"
7173 "ytterligare hjälpämnen:"
5878 "ytterligare hjälpämnen:\n"
7174
5879 "\n"
7175 msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision"
5880
7176 msgstr "identifiera arbetskopian eller angivna revisioner"
5881 msgid ""
7177
5882 "identify the working copy or specified revision\n"
7178 msgid ""
5883 "\n"
5884 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
7179 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
5885 " repository.\n"
7180 " repository."
5886 "\n"
7181 msgstr ""
7182 " Utan någon revision, visas en sammanfattning av den aktuella\n"
7183 " statusen för arkivet."
7184
7185 msgid ""
5887 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
7186 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
5888 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
7187 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
5889 "\n"
7188 msgstr ""
7189 " Specificering av en sökväg till ett arkiv eller Mercurial-bunt\n"
7190 " gör att kommandot jobbar mot arkivet/bunten som är angiven."
7191
7192 msgid ""
5890 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
7193 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
5891 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
7194 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
5892 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
7195 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
5893 " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
7196 " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
5894 " "
7197 " "
5895 msgstr ""
7198 msgstr ""
5896 "identifiera arbetskopian eller angivna revisioner\n"
5897 "\n"
5898 " Utan någon revision, visas en sammanfattning av den aktuella\n"
5899 " statusen för arkivet.\n"
5900 "\n"
5901 " Specificering av en sökväg till ett arkiv eller Mercurial-bunt\n"
5902 " gör att kommandot jobbar mot arkivet/bunten som är angiven.\n"
5903 "\n"
5904 " Sammanfattningen identifierar arkivstatusen med en eller två\n"
7199 " Sammanfattningen identifierar arkivstatusen med en eller två\n"
5905 " föräldrars hash-identifierare, följt av ett \"+\" om det finns\n"
7200 " föräldrars hash-identifierare, följt av ett \"+\" om det finns\n"
5906 " oarkiverade ändringar i arbetskatalogen, en lista av märken för den\n"
7201 " oarkiverade ändringar i arbetskatalogen, en lista av märken för den\n"
5907 " här revisionen och ett grennamn för grenar som inte är default.\n"
7202 " här revisionen och ett grennamn för grenar som inte är default.\n"
5908 " "
7203 " "
5909
7204
5910 msgid ""
7205 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
5911 "import an ordered set of patches\n"
7206 msgstr ""
5912 "\n"
7207
7208 msgid ""
5913 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless\n"
7209 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless\n"
5914 " --no-commit is specified).\n"
7210 " --no-commit is specified)."
5915 "\n"
7211 msgstr ""
7212
7213 msgid ""
5916 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
7214 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
5917 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
7215 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
5918 "\n"
7216 msgstr ""
7217
7218 msgid ""
5919 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
7219 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
5920 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
7220 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
5921 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
7221 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
5922 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
7222 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
5923 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
7223 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
5924 " message.\n"
7224 " message."
5925 "\n"
7225 msgstr ""
7226
7227 msgid ""
5926 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
7228 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
5927 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
7229 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
5928 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
7230 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
5929 " override these.\n"
7231 " override these."
5930 "\n"
7232 msgstr ""
7233
7234 msgid ""
5931 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
7235 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
5932 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
7236 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
5933 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
7237 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
5934 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
7238 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
5935 " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
7239 " deficiencies in the text patch format."
5936 "\n"
7240 msgstr ""
7241
7242 msgid ""
5937 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
7243 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
5938 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
7244 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
5939 "\n"
7245 msgstr ""
7246
7247 msgid ""
5940 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
7248 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
5941 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
7249 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
5942 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7250 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
@@ -5962,196 +7270,198 b' msgstr "applicerade %s\\n"'
5962 msgid "no diffs found"
7270 msgid "no diffs found"
5963 msgstr ""
7271 msgstr ""
5964
7272
5965 msgid ""
7273 msgid "show new changesets found in source"
5966 "show new changesets found in source\n"
7274 msgstr "visa nya ändringar som hittas i källan"
5967 "\n"
7275
7276 msgid ""
5968 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
7277 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
5969 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
7278 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
5970 " if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
7279 " if a pull at the time you issued this command."
5971 "\n"
7280 msgstr ""
5972 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
5973 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
5974 "\n"
5975 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
5976 " "
5977 msgstr ""
5978 "visa nya ändringar som hittas i källan\n"
5979 "\n"
5980 " Visa nya ändringar som hittas i den specificerade sökvägen/URL:en\n"
7281 " Visa nya ändringar som hittas i den specificerade sökvägen/URL:en\n"
5981 " eller den vanliga pull-platsen. Dessa ändringar skulle ha dragits om\n"
7282 " eller den vanliga pull-platsen. Dessa ändringar skulle ha dragits om\n"
5982 " du använt pull-kommandot.\n"
7283 " du använt pull-kommandot."
5983 "\n"
7284
7285 msgid ""
7286 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
7287 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
7288 msgstr ""
5984 " För fjärrarkiv, använd --bundle för att slippa ladda ner\n"
7289 " För fjärrarkiv, använd --bundle för att slippa ladda ner\n"
5985 " ändringarna två gånger om incoming följs av pull.\n"
7290 " ändringarna två gånger om incoming följs av pull."
5986 "\n"
7291
7292 msgid ""
7293 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
7294 " "
7295 msgstr ""
5987 " Se pull för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
7296 " Se pull för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
5988 " "
7297 " "
5989
7298
5990 msgid ""
7299 msgid "create a new repository in the given directory"
5991 "create a new repository in the given directory\n"
7300 msgstr "skapa ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen"
5992 "\n"
7301
7302 msgid ""
5993 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
7303 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
5994 " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
7304 " directory does not exist, it will be created."
5995 "\n"
7305 msgstr ""
5996 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
7306 " Initialisera ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen. Om den angivna\n"
5997 "\n"
7307 " katalogen inte existerar, kommer den att skapas."
7308
7309 msgid " If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
7310 msgstr " Om ingen katalog anges, används den nuvarande katalogen."
7311
7312 msgid ""
5998 " It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.\n"
7313 " It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.\n"
5999 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7314 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6000 " "
7315 " "
6001 msgstr ""
7316 msgstr ""
6002 "skapa ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen\n"
6003 "\n"
6004 " Initialisera ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen. Om den angivna\n"
6005 " katalogen inte existerar, kommer den att skapas.\n"
6006 "\n"
6007 " Om ingen katalog anges, används den nuvarande katalogen.\n"
6008 "\n"
6009 " Det är möjligt att specificera en URL med ``ssh://`` som destination.\n"
7317 " Det är möjligt att specificera en URL med ``ssh://`` som destination.\n"
6010 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
7318 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
6011 " "
7319 " "
6012
7320
6013 msgid ""
7321 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
6014 "locate files matching specific patterns\n"
7322 msgstr "hitta filer som matchar givna mönster"
6015 "\n"
7323
7324 msgid ""
6016 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
7325 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
6017 " names match the given patterns.\n"
7326 " names match the given patterns."
6018 "\n"
7327 msgstr ""
7328 " Visa filer som är under Mercurials kontroll i arbetskatalogen vars\n"
7329 " namn matchar givna mönster."
7330
7331 msgid ""
6019 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
7332 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
6020 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
7333 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
6021 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
7334 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
6022 "\n"
7335 msgstr ""
7336 " Som standard söker det här kommandot i alla kataloger inuti\n"
7337 " arbetskatalogen. För att bara söka den aktuella katalogen och dess\n"
7338 " underkataloger, använd \"--include .\"."
7339
7340 msgid ""
6023 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
7341 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
6024 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
7342 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
6025 "\n"
7343 msgstr ""
7344 " Om inga mönster anges för matching, visar det här kommantod namnen på\n"
7345 " alla filer under Mercurials kontroll i arbetskatalogen."
7346
7347 msgid ""
6026 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
7348 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
6027 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
7349 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
6028 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
7350 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
6029 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
7351 " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
6030 " "
7352 " "
6031 msgstr ""
7353 msgstr ""
6032 "hitta filer som matchar givna mönster\n"
6033 "\n"
6034 " Visa filer som är under Mercurials kontroll i arbetskatalogen vars\n"
6035 " namn matchar givna mönster.\n"
6036 "\n"
6037 " Som standard söker det här kommandot i alla kataloger inuti\n"
6038 " arbetskatalogen. För att bara söka den aktuella katalogen och dess\n"
6039 " underkataloger, använd \"--include .\".\n"
6040 "\n"
6041 " Om inga mönster anges för matching, visar det här kommantod namnen på\n"
6042 " alla filer under Mercurials kontroll i arbetskatalogen.\n"
6043 "\n"
6044 " Om du vill skicka utmatningen från detta kommando till kommandot\n"
7354 " Om du vill skicka utmatningen från detta kommando till kommandot\n"
6045 " \"xargs\", använd flaggan -O till både detta kommando och \"xargs\".\n"
7355 " \"xargs\", använd flaggan -O till både detta kommando och \"xargs\".\n"
6046 " Detta undviker problemet med att \"xargs\" behandlar filnamn som\n"
7356 " Detta undviker problemet med att \"xargs\" behandlar filnamn som\n"
6047 " innehåller blanktecken som multipla filnamn.\n"
7357 " innehåller blanktecken som multipla filnamn.\n"
6048 " "
7358 " "
6049
7359
6050 msgid ""
7360 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
6051 "show revision history of entire repository or files\n"
7361 msgstr "visa revisionshistorik för hela arkivet eller filer"
6052 "\n"
7362
7363 msgid ""
6053 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
7364 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
6054 " project.\n"
7365 " project."
6055 "\n"
7366 msgstr ""
7367 " Skriv ut revisionshistoriken för de specificerade filerna eller hela\n"
7368 " projektet."
7369
7370 msgid ""
6056 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
7371 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
6057 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
7372 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
6058 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
7373 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
6059 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
7374 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
6060 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
7375 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
6061 "\n"
7376 msgstr ""
7377 " Filhistorik visas utan att följa namnbyten eller kopieringshistorik av\n"
7378 " filer. Använd -f/--follow med ett filnamn för att följa historiken även\n"
7379 " vid namnbyten och kopiering. --follow utan ett filnamn kommer bara att\n"
7380 " visa föräldrar eller ättlingar från startrevisionen. --follow-first\n"
7381 " följer bara den första föräldern i revisoner med sammanfogningar."
7382
7383 msgid ""
6062 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
7384 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
6063 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
7385 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
6064 " used as the starting revision.\n"
7386 " used as the starting revision."
6065 "\n"
7387 msgstr ""
6066 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7388 " Om ingen revisionsserie specificeras, används tip:0 som standard om\n"
6067 "\n"
7389 " inte --follow är satt, då arbetskatalogens förälder används som första\n"
7390 " revision."
7391
7392 msgid ""
6068 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
7393 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
6069 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
7394 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
6070 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
7395 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
6071 " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
7396 " changed files and full commit message are shown."
6072 "\n"
7397 msgstr ""
7398 " Som standard skriver detta kommando ut revisionsnummer och ändrings-id,\n"
7399 " märken, icke-triviala föräldrar, användare, datum och tid, samt ett\n"
7400 " sammandrag för varje arkivering. När flaggan -v/--verbose används,\n"
7401 " visas listan med ändrade filer och fullständigt arkiveringsmeddelande."
7402
7403 msgid ""
6073 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
7404 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
6074 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
7405 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
6075 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
7406 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
6076 " will appear in files:.\n"
7407 " will appear in files:.\n"
6077 " "
7408 " "
6078 msgstr ""
7409 msgstr ""
6079 "visa revisionshistorik för hela arkivet eller filer\n"
6080 "\n"
6081 " Skriv ut revisionshistoriken för de specificerade filerna eller hela\n"
6082 " projektet.\n"
6083 "\n"
6084 " Filhistorik visas utan att följa namnbyten eller kopieringshistorik av\n"
6085 " filer. Använd -f/--follow med ett filnamn för att följa historiken även\n"
6086 " vid namnbyten och kopiering. --follow utan ett filnamn kommer bara att\n"
6087 " visa föräldrar eller ättlingar från startrevisionen. --follow-first\n"
6088 " följer bara den första föräldern i revisoner med sammanfogningar.\n"
6089 "\n"
6090 " Om ingen revisionsserie specificeras, används tip:0 som standard om\n"
6091 " inte --follow är satt, då arbetskatalogens förälder används som första\n"
6092 " revision.\n"
6093 "\n"
6094 " Se 'hg help dates' för giltiga format till -d/--date.\n"
6095 "\n"
6096 " Som standard skriver detta kommando ut revisionsnummer och ändrings-id,\n"
6097 " märken, icke-triviala föräldrar, användare, datum och tid, samt ett\n"
6098 " sammandrag för varje arkivering. När flaggan -v/--verbose används,\n"
6099 " visas listan med ändrade filer och fullständigt arkiveringsmeddelande.\n"
6100 "\n"
6101 " NOTERA: log -p/--patch kan generera oväntad diff-utmatning för\n"
7410 " NOTERA: log -p/--patch kan generera oväntad diff-utmatning för\n"
6102 " sammanfogningar, eftersom det bara kommer att jämföra ändringen mot den\n"
7411 " sammanfogningar, eftersom det bara kommer att jämföra ändringen mot den\n"
6103 " första förälder. Dessutom kommer bara filer som skiljer sig från BÅDA\n"
7412 " första förälder. Dessutom kommer bara filer som skiljer sig från BÅDA\n"
6104 " föräldrarna att visas i filer:.\n"
7413 " föräldrarna att visas i filer:.\n"
6105 " "
7414 " "
6106
7415
6107 msgid ""
7416 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
6108 "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n"
7417 msgstr "visa den nuvarande eller angivna revisionen av projektmanifestet"
6109 "\n"
7418
7419 msgid ""
6110 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
7420 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
6111 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
7421 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
6112 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
7422 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
6113 "\n"
7423 msgstr ""
7424 " Visa en lista med versionshanterade filer för den angivna revisionen.\n"
7425 " Om ingen revision anges, används arbetskatalogens första föräldern,\n"
7426 " eller null-revisionen om ingen revision är uthämtad."
7427
7428 msgid ""
6114 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
7429 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
6115 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
7430 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
6116 " "
7431 " "
6117 msgstr ""
7432 msgstr ""
6118 "visa den nuvarande eller angivna revisionen av projektmanifestet\n"
6119 "\n"
6120 " Visa en lista med versionshanterade filer för den angivna revisionen.\n"
6121 " Om ingen revision anges, används arbetskatalogens första föräldern,\n"
6122 " eller null-revisionen om ingen revision är uthämtad.\n"
6123 "\n"
6124 " Med -v visas filtillstånd, symlänkar och exekverbarhetsbitar.\n"
7433 " Med -v visas filtillstånd, symlänkar och exekverbarhetsbitar.\n"
6125 " Med --debug visas filrevisionhashar.\n"
7434 " Med --debug visas filrevisionhashar.\n"
6126 " "
7435 " "
6127
7436
6128 msgid ""
7437 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
6129 "merge working directory with another revision\n"
7438 msgstr "sammanfoga arbetskatalogen med en annan revision"
6130 "\n"
7439
7440 msgid ""
6131 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
7441 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
6132 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
7442 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
6133 "\n"
7443 msgstr ""
7444 " Den aktuella arbetskatalogen uppdateras med alla ändringar som gjorts i\n"
7445 " den efterfrågade revisionen sedan den senaste gemensamma revisionen."
7446
7447 msgid ""
6134 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
7448 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
6135 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
7449 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
6136 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
7450 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
6137 " two parents.\n"
7451 " two parents."
6138 "\n"
7452 msgstr ""
7453 " Filerna som ändrats mellan föräldrarna markeras som förändrade till\n"
7454 " nästa arkivering och en arkivering måste utföras innan några andra\n"
7455 " arkivuppdateringar tillåts. Nästa arkivering kommer att ha två\n"
7456 " föräldrar."
7457
7458 msgid ""
6139 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
7459 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
6140 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
7460 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
6141 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
7461 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
6142 " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
7462 " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
6143 " "
7463 " "
6144 msgstr ""
7464 msgstr ""
6145 "sammanfoga arbetskatalogen med en annan revision\n"
6146 "\n"
6147 " Den aktuella arbetskatalogen uppdateras med alla ändringar som gjorts i\n"
6148 " den efterfrågade revisionen sedan den senaste gemensamma revisionen.\n"
6149 "\n"
6150 " Filerna som ändrats mellan föräldrarna markeras som förändrade till\n"
6151 " nästa arkivering och en arkivering måste utföras innan några andra\n"
6152 " arkivuppdateringar tillåts. Nästa arkivering kommer att ha två\n"
6153 " föräldrar.\n"
6154 "\n"
6155 " Om ingen revision anges, arbetskatalogens förälder är en huvudrevision,\n"
7465 " Om ingen revision anges, arbetskatalogens förälder är en huvudrevision,\n"
6156 " och den nuvarande grenen innehåller exakt ett annat huvud, sammanfogas\n"
7466 " och den nuvarande grenen innehåller exakt ett annat huvud, sammanfogas\n"
6157 " det andra huvudet som standard. Om inte, måste en explicit revision\n"
7467 " det andra huvudet som standard. Om inte, måste en explicit revision\n"
@@ -6160,8 +7470,7 b' msgstr ""'
6160
7470
6161 #, python-format
7471 #, python-format
6162 msgid "abort: branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev\n"
7472 msgid "abort: branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev\n"
6163 msgstr ""
7473 msgstr "avbryter: grenen '%s' har %d huvuden - sammanfoga med en specifik rev\n"
6164 "avbryter: grenen '%s' har %d huvuden - sammanfoga med en specifik rev\n"
6165
7474
6166 msgid "(run 'hg heads .' to see heads)\n"
7475 msgid "(run 'hg heads .' to see heads)\n"
6167 msgstr "(kör 'hg heads .' för att se huvuden)\n"
7476 msgstr "(kör 'hg heads .' för att se huvuden)\n"
@@ -6180,35 +7489,32 b' msgstr "det finns inget att sammanfoga"'
6180 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
7489 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
6181 msgstr "%s - använd \"hg update\" istället"
7490 msgstr "%s - använd \"hg update\" istället"
6182
7491
6183 msgid ""
7492 msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev"
6184 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
7493 msgstr "arbetskatalogen är inte vid huvudrevisionen - använd \"hg update\" eller sammanfoga med en speficik rev"
6185 "rev"
7494
6186 msgstr ""
7495 msgid "show changesets not found in the destination"
6187 "arbetskatalogen är inte vid huvudrevisionen - använd \"hg update\" eller "
7496 msgstr "visa ändringar som inte hittas i destinationen"
6188 "sammanfoga med en speficik rev"
7497
6189
7498 msgid ""
6190 msgid ""
6191 "show changesets not found in the destination\n"
6192 "\n"
6193 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
7499 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
6194 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
7500 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
6195 " be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
7501 " be pushed if a push was requested."
6196 "\n"
7502 msgstr ""
6197 " See pull for details of valid destination formats.\n"
6198 " "
6199 msgstr ""
6200 "visa ändringar som inte hittas i destinationen\n"
6201 "\n"
6202 " Visa ändringar som inte hittas i det angivna destionationsarkivet\n"
7503 " Visa ändringar som inte hittas i det angivna destionationsarkivet\n"
6203 " eller den vanliga push-platsen. Detta är de ändringar som skulle\n"
7504 " eller den vanliga push-platsen. Detta är de ändringar som skulle\n"
6204 " tryckas om push genomfördes.\n"
7505 " tryckas om push genomfördes."
6205 "\n"
7506
7507 msgid ""
7508 " See pull for details of valid destination formats.\n"
7509 " "
7510 msgstr ""
6206 " Se pull för information om giltiga destinationsformat.\n"
7511 " Se pull för information om giltiga destinationsformat.\n"
6207 " "
7512 " "
6208
7513
6209 msgid ""
7514 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
6210 "show the parents of the working directory or revision\n"
7515 msgstr "visa föräldrar till arbetskatalogen eller revision"
6211 "\n"
7516
7517 msgid ""
6212 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
7518 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
6213 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
7519 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
6214 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
7520 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
@@ -6216,8 +7522,6 b' msgid ""'
6216 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
7522 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
6217 " "
7523 " "
6218 msgstr ""
7524 msgstr ""
6219 "visa föräldrar till arbetskatalogen eller revision\n"
6220 "\n"
6221 " Visa revisioner för arbetskatalogens föräldrar. Om en revision anges\n"
7525 " Visa revisioner för arbetskatalogens föräldrar. Om en revision anges\n"
6222 " via -r/--rev, kommer den revisionens föräldrar att visas. Om en fil\n"
7526 " via -r/--rev, kommer den revisionens föräldrar att visas. Om en fil\n"
6223 " anges, kommer revisionen då den filen sist ändrades (innan\n"
7527 " anges, kommer revisionen då den filen sist ändrades (innan\n"
@@ -6231,35 +7535,37 b' msgstr "kan bara specificera ett explici'
6231 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
7535 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
6232 msgstr "'%s' hittades inte i manifestet!"
7536 msgstr "'%s' hittades inte i manifestet!"
6233
7537
6234 msgid ""
7538 msgid "show aliases for remote repositories"
6235 "show aliases for remote repositories\n"
7539 msgstr "visa aliases för fjärrarkiv"
6236 "\n"
7540
7541 msgid ""
6237 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
7542 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
6238 " show definition of all available names.\n"
7543 " show definition of all available names."
6239 "\n"
7544 msgstr ""
7545 " Visa definitioner för sökvägen NAME. Om inget namn anges, visas\n"
7546 " definitionen för alla tillgängliga namn."
7547
7548 msgid ""
6240 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
7549 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
6241 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
7550 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
6242 "\n"
7551 msgstr ""
7552 " Sökvägar definieras i sektionen [paths] i /etc/mercurial/hgrc och\n"
7553 " $HOME/.hgrc. Om det körs i ett arkiv, så används .hg/hgrc också."
7554
7555 msgid ""
6243 " The names 'default' and 'default-push' have a special meaning.\n"
7556 " The names 'default' and 'default-push' have a special meaning.\n"
6244 " They are the locations used when pulling and pushing respectively\n"
7557 " They are the locations used when pulling and pushing respectively\n"
6245 " unless a location is specified. When cloning a repository, the\n"
7558 " unless a location is specified. When cloning a repository, the\n"
6246 " clone source is written as 'default' in .hg/hgrc.\n"
7559 " clone source is written as 'default' in .hg/hgrc."
6247 "\n"
7560 msgstr ""
6248 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6249 " "
6250 msgstr ""
6251 "visa aliases för fjärrarkiv\n"
6252 "\n"
6253 " Visa definitioner för sökvägen NAME. Om inget namn anges, visas\n"
6254 " definitionen för alla tillgängliga namn.\n"
6255 "\n"
6256 " Sökvägar definieras i sektionen [paths] i /etc/mercurial/hgrc och\n"
6257 " $HOME/.hgrc. Om det körs i ett arkiv, så används .hg/hgrc också.\n"
6258 "\n"
6259 " Namnen 'default' och 'default-push' har en särskild innebörd. De är\n"
7561 " Namnen 'default' och 'default-push' har en särskild innebörd. De är\n"
6260 " platserna som används vid push eller pull om ingen plats anges. När\n"
7562 " platserna som används vid push eller pull om ingen plats anges. När\n"
6261 " ett arkiv klonas, skrivs klonkällan som 'default' i .hg/hgrc.\n"
7563 " ett arkiv klonas, skrivs klonkällan som 'default' i .hg/hgrc."
6262 "\n"
7564
7565 msgid ""
7566 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7567 " "
7568 msgstr ""
6263 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
7569 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
6264 " "
7570 " "
6265
7571
@@ -6270,85 +7576,85 b' msgid "not updating, since new heads add'
6270 msgstr "uppdaterar inte, eftersom nya huvuden läggs till\n"
7576 msgstr "uppdaterar inte, eftersom nya huvuden läggs till\n"
6271
7577
6272 msgid "(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"
7578 msgid "(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"
6273 msgstr ""
7579 msgstr "(kör 'hg heads' för att se nya huvuden, 'hg merge' för att sammanfoga)\n"
6274 "(kör 'hg heads' för att se nya huvuden, 'hg merge' för att sammanfoga)\n"
6275
7580
6276 msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"
7581 msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"
6277 msgstr "(kör 'hg update' för att få en arbetskopia)\n"
7582 msgstr "(kör 'hg update' för att få en arbetskopia)\n"
6278
7583
6279 msgid ""
7584 msgid "pull changes from the specified source"
6280 "pull changes from the specified source\n"
7585 msgstr "dra ändringar från den specificerade källan"
6281 "\n"
7586
6282 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
7587 msgid " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
6283 "\n"
7588 msgstr " Drar ändringar från ett annat arkiv till ett lokalt."
7589
7590 msgid ""
6284 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
7591 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
6285 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
7592 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
6286 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
7593 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
6287 " project in the working directory.\n"
7594 " project in the working directory."
6288 "\n"
7595 msgstr ""
7596 " Hittar alla ändringar från arkivet i den specificerade sökvägen eller\n"
7597 " URL:en och lägger till dem i det lokala arkivet (det nuvarande om inte\n"
7598 " -R är angivet). Som standard uppdaterar detta inte projektkopian i\n"
7599 " arbetskatalogen."
7600
7601 msgid ""
6289 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
7602 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
6290 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
7603 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
6291 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
7604 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
6292 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
7605 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
6293 "\n"
7606 msgstr ""
6294 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
6295 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
6296 " "
6297 msgstr ""
6298 "dra ändringar från den specificerade källan\n"
6299 "\n"
6300 " Drar ändringar från ett annat arkiv till ett lokalt.\n"
6301 "\n"
6302 " Hittar alla ändringar från arkivet i den specificerade sökvägen eller\n"
6303 " URL:en och lägger till dem i det lokala arkivet (det nuvarande om inte\n"
6304 " -R är angivet). Som standard uppdaterar detta inte projektkopian i\n"
6305 " arbetskatalogen.\n"
6306 "\n"
6307 " Använd hg incoming om du vill se vad som skulle ha lagts till av en\n"
7607 " Använd hg incoming om du vill se vad som skulle ha lagts till av en\n"
6308 " dragning vid det tillfället du kör kommandot. Om du bestämmer dig för\n"
7608 " dragning vid det tillfället du kör kommandot. Om du bestämmer dig för\n"
6309 " att lägga till de ändringarna i arkivet, använd pull -r X där X -r den\n"
7609 " att lägga till de ändringarna i arkivet, använd pull -r X där X -r den\n"
6310 " sista ändringen listad av hg incoming.\n"
7610 " sista ändringen listad av hg incoming."
6311 "\n"
7611
7612 msgid ""
7613 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
7614 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
7615 " "
7616 msgstr ""
6312 " Om KÄLLA inte är angivet, används 'default'-sökvägen.\n"
7617 " Om KÄLLA inte är angivet, används 'default'-sökvägen.\n"
6313 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
7618 " Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
6314 " "
7619 " "
6315
7620
6316 msgid ""
7621 msgid "push changes to the specified destination"
6317 "push changes to the specified destination\n"
7622 msgstr "tryck ändringar till den specificerade destinationen"
6318 "\n"
7623
6319 " Push changes from the local repository to the specified destination.\n"
7624 msgid " Push changes from the local repository to the specified destination."
6320 "\n"
7625 msgstr " Trycker ändringar från det lokala arkivet till angiven destination."
7626
7627 msgid ""
6321 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
7628 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
6322 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
7629 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
6323 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
7630 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
6324 " current one.\n"
7631 " current one."
6325 "\n"
7632 msgstr ""
7633 " Detta är en symmetriska operationen för pull. Den flyttar ändringar\n"
7634 " från det nuvarande arkivet till ett annat. Om destinationen är lokal så\n"
7635 " är detta identiskt med en dragning i den katalogen från den nuvarande."
7636
7637 msgid ""
6326 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
7638 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
6327 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
7639 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
6328 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
7640 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
6329 "\n"
7641 msgstr ""
7642 " Som standard vägrar push att utföra något om det upptäcks att antalet\n"
7643 " huvuden i destinationen ökar. Det brukar generellt sett indikera att\n"
7644 " användaren glömt att dra och sammanfoga innan tryckning."
7645
7646 msgid ""
6330 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
7647 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
6331 " be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
7648 " be pushed to the remote repository."
6332 "\n"
7649 msgstr ""
7650 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer den angivna revisionen och alla anfäder att\n"
7651 " tryckas till det andra arkivet."
7652
7653 msgid ""
6333 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ``ssh://``\n"
7654 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ``ssh://``\n"
6334 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
7655 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
6335 " "
7656 " "
6336 msgstr ""
7657 msgstr ""
6337 "tryck ändringar till den specificerade destinationen\n"
6338 "\n"
6339 " Trycker ändringar från det lokala arkivet till angiven destination.\n"
6340 "\n"
6341 " Detta är en symmetriska operationen för pull. Den flyttar ändringar\n"
6342 " från det nuvarande arkivet till ett annat. Om destinationen är lokal så\n"
6343 " är detta identiskt med en dragning i den katalogen från den nuvarande.\n"
6344 "\n"
6345 " Som standard vägrar push att utföra något om det upptäcks att antalet\n"
6346 " huvuden i destinationen ökar. Det brukar generellt sett indikera att\n"
6347 " användaren glömt att dra och sammanfoga innan tryckning.\n"
6348 "\n"
6349 " Om -r/--rev används, kommer den angivna revisionen och alla anfäder att\n"
6350 " tryckas till det andra arkivet.\n"
6351 "\n"
6352 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om URL:er med ``ssh://``. Om\n"
7658 " Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om URL:er med ``ssh://``. Om\n"
6353 " DESTINATION inte är angivet, används standardsökvägen."
7659 " DESTINATION inte är angivet, används standardsökvägen."
6354
7660
@@ -6356,74 +7662,71 b' msgstr ""'
6356 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
7662 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
6357 msgstr "trycker till %s\n"
7663 msgstr "trycker till %s\n"
6358
7664
6359 msgid ""
7665 msgid "roll back an interrupted transaction"
6360 "roll back an interrupted transaction\n"
7666 msgstr "ångra en avbruten transaktion"
6361 "\n"
7667
6362 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
7668 msgid " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
6363 "\n"
7669 msgstr " Återställ från en avbruten commit eller pull."
7670
7671 msgid ""
6364 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
7672 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
6365 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
7673 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
6366 " suggests it.\n"
7674 " suggests it.\n"
6367 " "
7675 " "
6368 msgstr ""
7676 msgstr ""
6369 "ångra en avbruten transaktion\n"
6370 "\n"
6371 " Återställ från en avbruten commit eller pull.\n"
6372 "\n"
6373 " Kommandot försöker att fixa arkivstatusen efter en avbruten operation.\n"
7677 " Kommandot försöker att fixa arkivstatusen efter en avbruten operation.\n"
6374 " Det bör bara användas när Mercurial föreslår det.\n"
7678 " Det bör bara användas när Mercurial föreslår det.\n"
6375 " "
7679 " "
6376
7680
6377 msgid ""
7681 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
6378 "remove the specified files on the next commit\n"
7682 msgstr "ta bort de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering"
6379 "\n"
7683
6380 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
7684 msgid " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
6381 "\n"
7685 msgstr " Markera de indikerade filerna för borttagning från arkivet."
7686
7687 msgid ""
6382 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
7688 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
6383 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
7689 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
6384 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
7690 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
6385 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
7691 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
6386 " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
7692 " revision without deleting them from the working directory."
6387 "\n"
7693 msgstr ""
7694 " Detta tar bara bort filerna från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
7695 " projektets historik. -A/--after kan användas för att bara ta bort filer\n"
7696 " som redan raderats, -f/--force kan användas för att tvinga radering, och\n"
7697 " -Af kan ta bort filer från nästa revision utan att radera dem från\n"
7698 " arbetskopian."
7699
7700 msgid ""
6388 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
7701 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
6389 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
7702 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
6390 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
7703 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
6391 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
7704 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
6392 " and Delete (from disk)::\n"
7705 " and Delete (from disk)::"
6393 "\n"
7706 msgstr ""
7707 " Följande tabell visar hur remove uppför sig för olika filstatus\n"
7708 " (kolumner) och flaggor (rader). Filstatus är Adderade [A], Ren [C],\n"
7709 " Modifierad [M] och Saknad [!] (som rapporteras av hg status). Aktionerna\n"
7710 " är Varna, Radera (från gren) och Ta bort (från disk)::"
7711
7712 msgid ""
6394 " A C M !\n"
7713 " A C M !\n"
6395 " none W RD W R\n"
7714 " none W RD W R\n"
6396 " -f R RD RD R\n"
7715 " -f R RD RD R\n"
6397 " -A W W W R\n"
7716 " -A W W W R\n"
6398 " -Af R R R R\n"
7717 " -Af R R R R"
6399 "\n"
7718 msgstr ""
6400 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
6401 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
6402 " "
6403 msgstr ""
6404 "ta bort de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering\n"
6405 "\n"
6406 " Markera de indikerade filerna för borttagning från arkivet.\n"
6407 "\n"
6408 " Detta tar bara bort filerna från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
6409 " projektets historik. -A/--after kan användas för att bara ta bort filer\n"
6410 " som redan raderats, -f/--force kan användas för att tvinga radering, "
6411 "och\n"
6412 " -Af kan ta bort filer från nästa revision utan att radera dem från\n"
6413 " arbetskopian.\n"
6414 "\n"
6415 " Följande tabell visar hur remove uppför sig för olika filstatus\n"
6416 " (kolumner) och flaggor (rader). Filstatus är Adderade [A], Ren [C],\n"
6417 " Modifierad [M] och Saknad [!] (som rapporteras av hg status). "
6418 "Aktionerna\n"
6419 " är Varna, Radera (från gren) och Ta bort (från disk)::\n"
6420 "\n"
6421 " A C M !\n"
7719 " A C M !\n"
6422 " ingen V RT V R\n"
7720 " ingen V RT V R\n"
6423 " -f R RT RT R\n"
7721 " -f R RT RT R\n"
6424 " -A V V V R\n"
7722 " -A V V V R\n"
6425 " -Af R R R R\n"
7723 " -Af R R R R"
6426 "\n"
7724
7725 msgid ""
7726 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
7727 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
7728 " "
7729 msgstr ""
6427 " Kommandot markerar att filerna ska tas bort vid nästa arkivering. För\n"
7730 " Kommandot markerar att filerna ska tas bort vid nästa arkivering. För\n"
6428 " att ångra en remove innan dess, se hg revert.\n"
7731 " att ångra en remove innan dess, se hg revert.\n"
6429 " "
7732 " "
@@ -6445,47 +7748,49 b' msgstr "\xc3\xa4r modifierad"'
6445 msgid "has been marked for add"
7748 msgid "has been marked for add"
6446 msgstr "har markerats för addering"
7749 msgstr "har markerats för addering"
6447
7750
6448 msgid ""
7751 msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove"
6449 "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n"
7752 msgstr "döp om filer; likvärdig med kopiering + radering"
6450 "\n"
7753
7754 msgid ""
6451 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
7755 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
6452 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
7756 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
6453 " file, there can only be one source.\n"
7757 " file, there can only be one source."
6454 "\n"
7758 msgstr ""
6455 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
7759 " Markera dest som kopior av källorna; markera källorna för radering.\n"
6456 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
7760 " Om dest är en katalog, placeras kopiorna i den katalogen. Om dest är\n"
6457 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
7761 " en fil, kan det bara finnas en källa."
6458 "\n"
7762
7763 msgid ""
6459 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
7764 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
6460 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
7765 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
6461 " "
7766 " "
6462 msgstr ""
7767 msgstr ""
6463 "döp om filer; likvärdig med kopiering + radering\n"
6464 "\n"
6465 " Markera dest som kopior av källorna; markera källorna för radering.\n"
6466 " Om dest är en katalog, placeras kopiorna i den katalogen. Om dest är\n"
6467 " en fil, kan det bara finnas en källa.\n"
6468 "\n"
6469 " Som standard kopierar detta kommando innehållet i filerna som de ser\n"
6470 " ut i arbetskopian. Om det utförs med -A/--after, så sparas\n"
6471 " operationen, men ingen kopiering utförs.\n"
6472 "\n"
6473 " Det här kommandot får effekt vid nästa arkivering. För att ångra ett\n"
7768 " Det här kommandot får effekt vid nästa arkivering. För att ångra ett\n"
6474 " namnbyte innan det, se hg revert.\n"
7769 " namnbyte innan det, se hg revert.\n"
6475 " "
7770 " "
6476
7771
6477 msgid ""
7772 msgid "various operations to help finish a merge"
6478 "various operations to help finish a merge\n"
7773 msgstr "diverse operationer för att slutföra sammanfogningar"
6479 "\n"
7774
7775 msgid ""
6480 " This command includes several actions that are often useful while\n"
7776 " This command includes several actions that are often useful while\n"
6481 " performing a merge, after running ``merge`` but before running\n"
7777 " performing a merge, after running ``merge`` but before running\n"
6482 " ``commit``. (It is only meaningful if your working directory has\n"
7778 " ``commit``. (It is only meaningful if your working directory has\n"
6483 " two parents.) It is most relevant for merges with unresolved\n"
7779 " two parents.) It is most relevant for merges with unresolved\n"
6484 " conflicts, which are typically a result of non-interactive merging with\n"
7780 " conflicts, which are typically a result of non-interactive merging with\n"
6485 " ``internal:merge`` or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``.\n"
7781 " ``internal:merge`` or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``."
6486 "\n"
7782 msgstr ""
6487 " The available actions are:\n"
7783 " Det här kommandot inkludera flera handlingar som ofta är nyttiga när\n"
6488 "\n"
7784 " en sammanfogning utförs, efter att ``merge`` körts men innan\n"
7785 " ``commit``. (Det är bara nyttigt om din arbetskatalog har två\n"
7786 " föräldrar.) Det är mest relevant för sammanfogningar med olösta\n"
7787 " konflikter, som är vanliga resultat av icke-interaktiv sammanfogning\n"
7788 " med ``internal:merge`` eller ett kommandoradsverktyg som ``diff3``."
7789
7790 msgid " The available actions are:"
7791 msgstr " Tillgängliga handlingar är:"
7792
7793 msgid ""
6489 " 1) list files that were merged with conflicts (U, for unresolved)\n"
7794 " 1) list files that were merged with conflicts (U, for unresolved)\n"
6490 " and without conflicts (R, for resolved): ``hg resolve -l``\n"
7795 " and without conflicts (R, for resolved): ``hg resolve -l``\n"
6491 " (this is like ``status`` for merges)\n"
7796 " (this is like ``status`` for merges)\n"
@@ -6495,24 +7800,8 b' msgid ""'
6495 " ``hg resolve -u [file ...]`` (default: unmark all resolved files)\n"
7800 " ``hg resolve -u [file ...]`` (default: unmark all resolved files)\n"
6496 " 4) discard your current attempt(s) at resolving conflicts and\n"
7801 " 4) discard your current attempt(s) at resolving conflicts and\n"
6497 " restart the merge from scratch: ``hg resolve file...``\n"
7802 " restart the merge from scratch: ``hg resolve file...``\n"
6498 " (or ``-a`` for all unresolved files)\n"
7803 " (or ``-a`` for all unresolved files)"
6499 "\n"
7804 msgstr ""
6500 " Note that Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge\n"
6501 " conflicts. You must use ``hg resolve -m ...`` before you can commit\n"
6502 " after a conflicting merge.\n"
6503 " "
6504 msgstr ""
6505 "diverse operationer för att slutföra sammanfogningar\n"
6506 "\n"
6507 " Det här kommandot inkludera flera handlingar som ofta är nyttiga när\n"
6508 " en sammanfogning utförs, efter att ``merge`` körts men innan\n"
6509 " ``commit``. (Det är bara nyttigt om din arbetskatalog har två\n"
6510 " föräldrar.) Det är mest relevant för sammanfogningar med olösta\n"
6511 " konflikter, som är vanliga resultat av icke-interaktiv sammanfogning\n"
6512 " med ``internal:merge`` eller ett kommandoradsverktyg som ``diff3``.\n"
6513 "\n"
6514 " Tillgängliga handlingar är:\n"
6515 "\n"
6516 " 1) visa filer som är sammanfogade med konflikter (U för olösta) och\n"
7805 " 1) visa filer som är sammanfogade med konflikter (U för olösta) och\n"
6517 " utan konflikter (R för lösta): ``hg resolve -l`` (detta är som\n"
7806 " utan konflikter (R för lösta): ``hg resolve -l`` (detta är som\n"
6518 " ``status`` för sammanfogningar)\n"
7807 " ``status`` för sammanfogningar)\n"
@@ -6522,8 +7811,14 b' msgstr ""'
6522 " ``hg resolve -u [fil ...]`` (standard: avmarkera alla lösta filer)\n"
7811 " ``hg resolve -u [fil ...]`` (standard: avmarkera alla lösta filer)\n"
6523 " 4) kasta bort ditt nuvarande försök att lösa konflikter och starta\n"
7812 " 4) kasta bort ditt nuvarande försök att lösa konflikter och starta\n"
6524 " sammanfogningen från noll: ``hg resolve fil...`` (eller ``-a``\n"
7813 " sammanfogningen från noll: ``hg resolve fil...`` (eller ``-a``\n"
6525 " för alla olösta filer)\n"
7814 " för alla olösta filer)"
6526 "\n"
7815
7816 msgid ""
7817 " Note that Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge\n"
7818 " conflicts. You must use ``hg resolve -m ...`` before you can commit\n"
7819 " after a conflicting merge.\n"
7820 " "
7821 msgstr ""
6527 " Notera att Mercurial inte låter dig arkivera filer med olösta\n"
7822 " Notera att Mercurial inte låter dig arkivera filer med olösta\n"
6528 " konflikter från sammanfogningar. Du måste använda ``hg resolve -m ...``\n"
7823 " konflikter från sammanfogningar. Du måste använda ``hg resolve -m ...``\n"
6529 " innan du kan arkivera efter en sammanfogning med konflikter.\n"
7824 " innan du kan arkivera efter en sammanfogning med konflikter.\n"
@@ -6536,71 +7831,74 b' msgid "can\'t specify --all and patterns"'
6536 msgstr "kan inte specificera --all och mönster"
7831 msgstr "kan inte specificera --all och mönster"
6537
7832
6538 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
7833 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
6539 msgstr ""
7834 msgstr "inga filer eller kataloger specificerade; använd --all för att återsammanfoga alla filer"
6540 "inga filer eller kataloger specificerade; använd --all för att "
7835
6541 "återsammanfoga alla filer"
7836 msgid "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state"
6542
7837 msgstr "återställ filer eller kataloger till ett tidigare tillstånd"
6543 msgid ""
7838
6544 "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n"
7839 msgid ""
6545 "\n"
6546 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
7840 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6547 " change the working directory parents.)\n"
7841 " change the working directory parents.)"
6548 "\n"
7842 msgstr ""
7843 " (Använd update -r för att hämta ut tidigare revisioner, revert ändrar\n"
7844 " inte arbetskatalogens föräldrar.)"
7845
7846 msgid ""
6549 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
7847 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
6550 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
7848 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
6551 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
7849 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
6552 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
7850 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
6553 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a\n"
7851 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a\n"
6554 " revision.\n"
7852 " revision."
6555 "\n"
7853 msgstr ""
7854 " Om ingen revision anges, så återställs de givna filerna eller\n"
7855 " katalogerna till innehållet de hade i arbetskatalogens förälder. Det\n"
7856 " sätter filer i ett omodifierad läge och avbeställer adderingar,\n"
7857 " raderingar, kopior och namnbyten. Om arbetskatalogen har två\n"
7858 " föräldrar, så måste du ange en revision."
7859
7860 msgid ""
6556 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
7861 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
6557 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
7862 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
6558 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
7863 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
6559 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7864 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
6560 "\n"
7865 msgstr ""
7866 " Med flaggan -r/--rev, återställs de givna filerna eller katalogerna\n"
7867 " till innehållet i den specifika revisionen. Detta kan användas för\n"
7868 " att ångra delar av eller hela tidigare ändringar. Se 'hg help dates'\n"
7869 " för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date."
7870
7871 msgid ""
6561 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
7872 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
6562 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
7873 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
6563 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
7874 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
6564 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
7875 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
6565 " afterwards.\n"
7876 " afterwards."
6566 "\n"
7877 msgstr ""
6567 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
6568 " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
6569 "\n"
6570 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
6571 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
6572 "\n"
6573 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
6574 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
6575 " "
6576 msgstr ""
6577 "återställ filer eller kataloger till ett tidigare tillstånd\n"
6578 "\n"
6579 " (Använd update -r för att hämta ut tidigare revisioner, revert ändrar\n"
6580 " inte arbetskatalogens föräldrar.)\n"
6581 "\n"
6582 " Om ingen revision anges, så återställs de givna filerna eller\n"
6583 " katalogerna till innehållet de hade i arbetskatalogens förälder. Det\n"
6584 " sätter filer i ett omodifierad läge och avbeställer adderingar,\n"
6585 " raderingar, kopior och namnbyten. Om arbetskatalogen har två\n"
6586 " föräldrar, så måste du ange en revision.\n"
6587 "\n"
6588 " Med flaggan -r/--rev, återställs de givna filerna eller katalogerna\n"
6589 " till innehållet i den specifika revisionen. Detta kan användas för\n"
6590 " att ångra delar av eller hela tidigare ändringar. Se 'hg help dates'\n"
6591 " för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
6592 "\n"
6593 " Revert modifierar arbetskatalogen. Det arkiverar inga ändringar, och\n"
7878 " Revert modifierar arbetskatalogen. Det arkiverar inga ändringar, och\n"
6594 " ändrar inte arbetskatalogens förälder. Om du återgår till en revision\n"
7879 " ändrar inte arbetskatalogens förälder. Om du återgår till en revision\n"
6595 " som inte är arbetskatalogens förälder, kommer den återställda filen\n"
7880 " som inte är arbetskatalogens förälder, kommer den återställda filen\n"
6596 " att visas som modifierad.\n"
7881 " att visas som modifierad."
6597 "\n"
7882
7883 msgid ""
7884 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
7885 " of a file was changed, it is reset."
7886 msgstr ""
6598 " Om en fil har raderas, så återställs den. Om läget för exekverbarhet\n"
7887 " Om en fil har raderas, så återställs den. Om läget för exekverbarhet\n"
6599 " har ändrats för en fil, så återställs det.\n"
7888 " har ändrats för en fil, så återställs det."
6600 "\n"
7889
7890 msgid ""
7891 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
7892 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
7893 msgstr ""
6601 " Om namn anges, så återställs alla filer med överrensstämmande namn.\n"
7894 " Om namn anges, så återställs alla filer med överrensstämmande namn.\n"
6602 " Om inga argument ges, återställs inga filer.\n"
7895 " Om inga argument ges, återställs inga filer."
6603 "\n"
7896
7897 msgid ""
7898 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
7899 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
7900 " "
7901 msgstr ""
6604 " Modifierade filer sparas med suffixet .orig innan återställning.\n"
7902 " Modifierade filer sparas med suffixet .orig innan återställning.\n"
6605 " För att deaktivera dessa säkerhetskopior, använd --no-backup.\n"
7903 " För att deaktivera dessa säkerhetskopior, använd --no-backup.\n"
6606 " "
7904 " "
@@ -6609,9 +7907,7 b' msgid "you can\'t specify a revision and '
6609 msgstr "du kan inte specificera en revision och ett datum"
7907 msgstr "du kan inte specificera en revision och ett datum"
6610
7908
6611 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to revert the whole repo"
7909 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to revert the whole repo"
6612 msgstr ""
7910 msgstr "inga filer eller kataloger angivna; använd --all för att återställa hela arkivet"
6613 "inga filer eller kataloger angivna; använd --all för att återställa hela "
6614 "arkivet"
6615
7911
6616 #, python-format
7912 #, python-format
6617 msgid "forgetting %s\n"
7913 msgid "forgetting %s\n"
@@ -6637,26 +7933,47 b' msgstr "filen hanteras inte: %s\\n"'
6637 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
7933 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
6638 msgstr "inga ändringar behövs för %s\n"
7934 msgstr "inga ändringar behövs för %s\n"
6639
7935
6640 msgid ""
7936 msgid "roll back the last transaction (dangerous)"
6641 "roll back the last transaction (dangerous)\n"
7937 msgstr "återgång från den senaste transaktionen (farligt)"
6642 "\n"
7938
7939 msgid ""
6643 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
7940 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
6644 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
7941 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
6645 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
7942 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
6646 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
7943 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
6647 " the working directory.\n"
7944 " the working directory."
6648 "\n"
7945 msgstr ""
7946 " Detta kommando bör användas med försiktighet. Det finns bara en nivå\n"
7947 " av återgång, och det finns inget sätt att ångra en återgång.\n"
7948 " Det återställer också katalogstatusen till tillståndet vid den\n"
7949 " senaste transaktionen, så dessa förloras. Kommandot ändrar inte\n"
7950 " arbetskatalogen."
7951
7952 msgid ""
6649 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
7953 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
6650 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
7954 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
6651 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
7955 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
6652 " and their effects can be rolled back:\n"
7956 " and their effects can be rolled back:"
6653 "\n"
7957 msgstr ""
7958 " Transaktioner används för att kapsla in alla kommandon som skapar nya\n"
7959 " ändringar eller sprider existerade ändringar till ett arkiv.\n"
7960 " Exempelvis skapar de följande kommandona transaktioner, och deras\n"
7961 " ändringar kan återkallas:"
7962
7963 msgid ""
6654 " - commit\n"
7964 " - commit\n"
6655 " - import\n"
7965 " - import\n"
6656 " - pull\n"
7966 " - pull\n"
6657 " - push (with this repository as the destination)\n"
7967 " - push (with this repository as the destination)\n"
6658 " - unbundle\n"
7968 " - unbundle"
6659 "\n"
7969 msgstr ""
7970 " - commit\n"
7971 " - import\n"
7972 " - pull\n"
7973 " - push (med det här arkivet som destination)\n"
7974 " - unbundle"
7975
7976 msgid ""
6660 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
7977 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
6661 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
7978 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
6662 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
7979 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
@@ -6665,25 +7982,6 b' msgid ""'
6665 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
7982 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
6666 " "
7983 " "
6667 msgstr ""
7984 msgstr ""
6668 "återgång från den senaste transaktionen (farligt)\n"
6669 "\n"
6670 " Detta kommando bör användas med försiktighet. Det finns bara en nivå\n"
6671 " av återgång, och det finns inget sätt att ångra en återgång.\n"
6672 " Det återställer också katalogstatusen till tillståndet vid den\n"
6673 " senaste transaktionen, så dessa förloras. Kommandot ändrar inte\n"
6674 " arbetskatalogen.\n"
6675 "\n"
6676 " Transaktioner används för att kapsla in alla kommandon som skapar nya\n"
6677 " ändringar eller sprider existerade ändringar till ett arkiv.\n"
6678 " Exempelvis skapar de följande kommandona transaktioner, och deras\n"
6679 " ändringar kan återkallas:\n"
6680 "\n"
6681 " - commit\n"
6682 " - import\n"
6683 " - pull\n"
6684 " - push (med det här arkivet som destination)\n"
6685 " - unbundle\n"
6686 "\n"
6687 " Detta kommando är inte tänkt att användas i offentliga arkiv. När\n"
7985 " Detta kommando är inte tänkt att användas i offentliga arkiv. När\n"
6688 " ändringar är tillgängliga att dras av andra användare, så är en\n"
7986 " ändringar är tillgängliga att dras av andra användare, så är en\n"
6689 " lokal återgång ineffektivt (någon annan kan redan ha dragit\n"
7987 " lokal återgång ineffektivt (någon annan kan redan ha dragit\n"
@@ -6692,39 +7990,37 b' msgstr ""'
6692 " utförs.\n"
7990 " utförs.\n"
6693 " "
7991 " "
6694
7992
6695 msgid ""
7993 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
6696 "print the root (top) of the current working directory\n"
7994 msgstr "visa roten för den aktuella arbetskatalogen"
6697 "\n"
7995
7996 msgid ""
6698 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
7997 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
6699 " "
7998 " "
6700 msgstr ""
7999 msgstr ""
6701 "visa roten för den aktuella arbetskatalogen\n"
6702 "\n"
6703 " Visa rotkatalogen för det aktuella arkivet.\n"
8000 " Visa rotkatalogen för det aktuella arkivet.\n"
6704 " "
8001 " "
6705
8002
6706 msgid ""
8003 msgid "start stand-alone webserver"
6707 "start stand-alone webserver\n"
8004 msgstr "starta fristående webbserver"
6708 "\n"
8005
6709 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
8006 msgid " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
6710 "\n"
8007 msgstr " Startar en lokal HTTP-arkivbläddrare och pull-server."
8008
8009 msgid ""
6711 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
8010 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
6712 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
8011 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
6713 " files.\n"
8012 " files."
6714 "\n"
8013 msgstr ""
8014 " Som standard loggar servern anslutningar till stdout och fel till\n"
8015 " stderr. Använd flaggorna -A/--accesslog och -E/--errorlog för att logga\n"
8016 " till filer."
8017
8018 msgid ""
6715 " To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify\n"
8019 " To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify\n"
6716 " a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port\n"
8020 " a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port\n"
6717 " number it uses.\n"
8021 " number it uses.\n"
6718 " "
8022 " "
6719 msgstr ""
8023 msgstr ""
6720 "starta fristående webbserver\n"
6721 "\n"
6722 " Startar en lokal HTTP-arkivbläddrare och pull-server.\n"
6723 "\n"
6724 " Som standard loggar servern anslutningar till stdout och fel till\n"
6725 " stderr. Använd flaggorna -A/--accesslog och -E/--errorlog för att logga\n"
6726 " till filer.\n"
6727 "\n"
6728 " För att låta servern välja ett ledigt portnummer att lyssna på, ange 0\n"
8024 " För att låta servern välja ett ledigt portnummer att lyssna på, ange 0\n"
6729 " som portnummer; då visar servern det portnummer som används.\n"
8025 " som portnummer; då visar servern det portnummer som används.\n"
6730 " "
8026 " "
@@ -6733,31 +8029,56 b' msgstr ""'
6733 msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (bound to %s:%d)\n"
8029 msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (bound to %s:%d)\n"
6734 msgstr "lyssnar på http://%s%s/%s (bunden till %s:%d)\n"
8030 msgstr "lyssnar på http://%s%s/%s (bunden till %s:%d)\n"
6735
8031
6736 msgid ""
8032 msgid "show changed files in the working directory"
6737 "show changed files in the working directory\n"
8033 msgstr "visa ändrade filer i arbetskatalogen"
6738 "\n"
8034
8035 msgid ""
6739 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
8036 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
6740 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
8037 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
6741 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
8038 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
6742 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
8039 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
6743 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
8040 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
6744 " options -mardu are used.\n"
8041 " options -mardu are used."
6745 "\n"
8042 msgstr ""
8043 " Visa status för filer i arkivet. Om namn anges, visas bara filer som\n"
8044 " matchar. FIler som är rena eller ignorerade eller källan för en flytt-\n"
8045 " eller kopieringsoperation, visas inte om förrän -c/--clean,\n"
8046 " -i/--ignored, -C/--copies eller -A/--all anges. Om inte flaggor med\n"
8047 " beskrivningen \"visa bara ...\" anges, så används flaggorna -mardu."
8048
8049 msgid ""
6746 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
8050 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
6747 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
8051 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
6748 "\n"
8052 msgstr ""
8053 " Flaggan -q/--quiet döljer ospårade (okända och ignorerade) filer om det\n"
8054 " inte bes om explicit med -u/--unknown eller -i/--ignored."
8055
8056 msgid ""
6749 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
8057 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
6750 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
8058 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
6751 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
8059 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
6752 " to one merge parent.\n"
8060 " to one merge parent."
6753 "\n"
8061 msgstr ""
8062 " NOTERA: status kan verka osams med diff om tillstånd har ändrat eller\n"
8063 " en sammanfogning har utförts. Det vanliga diff-formatet rapporterar\n"
8064 " inte förändringar av tillstånd och diff rapporterar bara ändringar\n"
8065 " relativt till en förälder vid sammanfogningar."
8066
8067 msgid ""
6754 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
8068 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
6755 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
8069 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
6756 " shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list\n"
8070 " shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list\n"
6757 " the changed files of a revision from its first parent.\n"
8071 " the changed files of a revision from its first parent."
6758 "\n"
8072 msgstr ""
6759 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
8073 " Om en revision anges, används den som basrevision. Om två revisioner\n"
6760 "\n"
8074 " anges, visas skillnaderna mellan dem. Flaggan --change kan också\n"
8075 " användas som en genväg för att visa de ändrade filerna i en revision\n"
8076 " från dess första förälder."
8077
8078 msgid " The codes used to show the status of files are::"
8079 msgstr " Koderna som används för att visa filstatus är::"
8080
8081 msgid ""
6761 " M = modified\n"
8082 " M = modified\n"
6762 " A = added\n"
8083 " A = added\n"
6763 " R = removed\n"
8084 " R = removed\n"
@@ -6768,29 +8089,6 b' msgid ""'
6768 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
8089 " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
6769 " "
8090 " "
6770 msgstr ""
8091 msgstr ""
6771 "visa ändrade filer i arbetskatalogen\n"
6772 "\n"
6773 " Visa status för filer i arkivet. Om namn anges, visas bara filer som\n"
6774 " matchar. FIler som är rena eller ignorerade eller källan för en flytt-\n"
6775 " eller kopieringsoperation, visas inte om förrän -c/--clean,\n"
6776 " -i/--ignored, -C/--copies eller -A/--all anges. Om inte flaggor med\n"
6777 " beskrivningen \"visa bara ...\" anges, så används flaggorna -mardu.\n"
6778 "\n"
6779 " Flaggan -q/--quiet döljer ospårade (okända och ignorerade) filer om det\n"
6780 " inte bes om explicit med -u/--unknown eller -i/--ignored.\n"
6781 "\n"
6782 " NOTERA: status kan verka osams med diff om tillstånd har ändrat eller\n"
6783 " en sammanfogning har utförts. Det vanliga diff-formatet rapporterar\n"
6784 " inte förändringar av tillstånd och diff rapporterar bara ändringar\n"
6785 " relativt till en förälder vid sammanfogningar.\n"
6786 "\n"
6787 " Om en revision anges, används den som basrevision. Om två revisioner\n"
6788 " anges, visas skillnaderna mellan dem. Flaggan --change kan också\n"
6789 " användas som en genväg för att visa de ändrade filerna i en revision\n"
6790 " från dess första förälder.\n"
6791 "\n"
6792 " Koderna som används för att visa filstatus är::\n"
6793 "\n"
6794 " M = modifierad\n"
8092 " M = modifierad\n"
6795 " A = adderad\n"
8093 " A = adderad\n"
6796 " R = raderad\n"
8094 " R = raderad\n"
@@ -6801,21 +8099,21 b' msgstr ""'
6801 " = källa för den tidigare filen listad som A (adderad)\n"
8099 " = källa för den tidigare filen listad som A (adderad)\n"
6802 " "
8100 " "
6803
8101
6804 msgid ""
8102 msgid "summarize working directory state"
6805 "summarize working directory state\n"
8103 msgstr "sammanfatta arbetskatalogens tillstånd"
6806 "\n"
8104
8105 msgid ""
6807 " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n"
8106 " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n"
6808 " including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates.\n"
8107 " including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates."
6809 "\n"
8108 msgstr ""
8109 " Detta skapar en kort sammanfattning av arbetskatalogens tillstånd,\n"
8110 " inklusive föräldrar, gren, arkivstatus, och tillgängliga uppdateringar."
8111
8112 msgid ""
6810 " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
8113 " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
6811 " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n"
8114 " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n"
6812 " "
8115 " "
6813 msgstr ""
8116 msgstr ""
6814 "sammanfatta arbetskatalogens tillstånd\n"
6815 "\n"
6816 " Detta skapar en kort sammanfattning av arbetskatalogens tillstånd,\n"
6817 " inklusive föräldrar, gren, arkivstatus, och tillgängliga uppdateringar.\n"
6818 "\n"
6819 " Med flaggan --remote kommer också standardsökvägarna att sökas igenom\n"
8117 " Med flaggan --remote kommer också standardsökvägarna att sökas igenom\n"
6820 " för att hitta inkommande och utgående ändringar. Detta kan ta lång tid.\n"
8118 " för att hitta inkommande och utgående ändringar. Detta kan ta lång tid.\n"
6821 " "
8119 " "
@@ -6903,46 +8201,40 b' msgstr "fj\xc3\xa4rran: %s\\n"'
6903 msgid "remote: (synced)\n"
8201 msgid "remote: (synced)\n"
6904 msgstr "fjärran: (synkad)\n"
8202 msgstr "fjärran: (synkad)\n"
6905
8203
6906 msgid ""
8204 msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision"
6907 "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n"
8205 msgstr "lägg till en eller fler märken för en revision"
6908 "\n"
8206
6909 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
8207 msgid " Name a particular revision using <name>."
6910 "\n"
8208 msgstr " Namnge en specifik revision med <namn>."
8209
8210 msgid ""
6911 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
8211 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
6912 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
8212 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
6913 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
8213 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
6914 "\n"
8214 msgstr ""
8215 " Märken används för att namnge specifika revisioner i arkivet och är\n"
8216 " väldigt användbara för at jämföra olika revisioner, för att gå\n"
8217 " tillbaka till tidigare versioner eller för att markera förgreningar\n"
8218 " som releaser, osv."
8219
8220 msgid ""
6915 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
8221 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
6916 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
8222 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
6917 "\n"
8223 msgstr ""
8224 " Om ingen revision anges, används föräldern för arbetskatalogen, eller\n"
8225 " toppen om ingen revision är uthämtad."
8226
8227 msgid ""
6918 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
8228 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
6919 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
8229 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
6920 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
8230 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
6921 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
8231 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
6922 " shared among repositories).\n"
8232 " shared among repositories)."
6923 "\n"
8233 msgstr ""
6924 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6925 " "
6926 msgstr ""
6927 "lägg till en eller fler märken för en revision\n"
6928 "\n"
6929 " Namnge en specifik revision med <namn>.\n"
6930 "\n"
6931 " Märken används för att namnge specifika revisioner i arkivet och är\n"
6932 " väldigt användbara för at jämföra olika revisioner, för att gå\n"
6933 " tillbaka till tidigare versioner eller för att markera förgreningar\n"
6934 " som releaser, osv.\n"
6935 "\n"
6936 " Om ingen revision anges, används föräldern för arbetskatalogen, eller\n"
6937 " toppen om ingen revision är uthämtad.\n"
6938 "\n"
6939 " För att underlätta versionshantering, distribution, och sammanfogning\n"
8234 " För att underlätta versionshantering, distribution, och sammanfogning\n"
6940 " av märken, lagras de som en fil vid namn \".hgtags\" som hanteras på\n"
8235 " av märken, lagras de som en fil vid namn \".hgtags\" som hanteras på\n"
6941 " samma sätt som andra projektfiler och kan ändras för hand vid behov.\n"
8236 " samma sätt som andra projektfiler och kan ändras för hand vid behov.\n"
6942 " Filen '.hg/localtags' används för lokala märken (ej delad i arkiv).\n"
8237 " Filen '.hg/localtags' används för lokala märken (ej delad i arkiv)."
6943 "\n"
6944 " Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
6945 " "
6946
8238
6947 msgid "tag names must be unique"
8239 msgid "tag names must be unique"
6948 msgstr "märkesnamn måste vara unika"
8240 msgstr "märkesnamn måste vara unika"
@@ -6966,69 +8258,79 b' msgstr "m\xc3\xa4rket \'%s\' \xc3\xa4r inte ett lokalt m\xc3\xa4rke"'
6966 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
8258 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
6967 msgstr "märket '%s' existerar redan (använd -f för att tvinga)"
8259 msgstr "märket '%s' existerar redan (använd -f för att tvinga)"
6968
8260
6969 msgid ""
8261 msgid "list repository tags"
6970 "list repository tags\n"
8262 msgstr "lista arkivmärken"
6971 "\n"
8263
8264 msgid ""
6972 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
8265 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
6973 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
8266 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
6974 " "
8267 " "
6975 msgstr ""
8268 msgstr ""
6976 "lista arkivmärken\n"
6977 "\n"
6978 " Listar både vanliga och lokala märken. När flaggan -v/--verbose\n"
8269 " Listar både vanliga och lokala märken. När flaggan -v/--verbose\n"
6979 " används, visas en tredje kolumn med namnet \"local\" för lokala märken.\n"
8270 " används, visas en tredje kolumn med namnet \"local\" för lokala märken.\n"
6980 " "
8271 " "
6981
8272
6982 msgid ""
8273 msgid "show the tip revision"
6983 "show the tip revision\n"
8274 msgstr "visa topprevisionen"
6984 "\n"
8275
8276 msgid ""
6985 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
8277 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
6986 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
8278 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
6987 " recently changed head).\n"
8279 " recently changed head)."
6988 "\n"
8280 msgstr ""
8281 " Topprevisionen (kallas tip av Mercurial) är den senast tillagda\n"
8282 " ändringen i arkivet (och därför det senast tillagda huvudet)."
8283
8284 msgid ""
6989 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
8285 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
6990 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
8286 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
6991 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
8287 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
6992 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
8288 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
6993 " "
8289 " "
6994 msgstr ""
8290 msgstr ""
6995 "visa topprevisionen\n"
6996 "\n"
6997 " Topprevisionen (kallas tip av Mercurial) är den senast tillagda\n"
6998 " ändringen i arkivet (och därför det senast tillagda huvudet).\n"
6999 "\n"
7000 " Om du precis har gjort en arkivering, kommer den att vara toppen. Om\n"
8291 " Om du precis har gjort en arkivering, kommer den att vara toppen. Om\n"
7001 " du har dragit ändringar från ett annat arkiv, så blir toppen för det\n"
8292 " du har dragit ändringar från ett annat arkiv, så blir toppen för det\n"
7002 " arkivet den aktuella toppen. Märket \"tip\" är speciellt och kan inte\n"
8293 " arkivet den aktuella toppen. Märket \"tip\" är speciellt och kan inte\n"
7003 " döpas om eller tilldelas en annan ändring.\n"
8294 " döpas om eller tilldelas en annan ändring.\n"
7004 " "
8295 " "
7005
8296
7006 msgid ""
8297 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
7007 "apply one or more changegroup files\n"
8298 msgstr "applicera en eller flera filer med ändringar"
7008 "\n"
8299
8300 msgid ""
7009 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
8301 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
7010 " bundle command.\n"
8302 " bundle command.\n"
7011 " "
8303 " "
7012 msgstr ""
8304 msgstr ""
7013 "applicera en eller flera filer med ändringar\n"
7014 "\n"
7015 " Applicera en eller flera komprimerade filer med ändringar genererade\n"
8305 " Applicera en eller flera komprimerade filer med ändringar genererade\n"
7016 " av bundle-kommandot.\n"
8306 " av bundle-kommandot.\n"
7017 " "
8307 " "
7018
8308
7019 msgid ""
8309 msgid "update working directory (or switch revisions)"
7020 "update working directory (or switch revisions)\n"
8310 msgstr "uppdatera arbetskatalogen (eller växla mellan revisioner)"
7021 "\n"
8311
8312 msgid ""
7022 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
8313 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
7023 " changeset.\n"
8314 " changeset."
7024 "\n"
8315 msgstr " Uppdatera arkivets arbetskatalog till den specificerade ändringen."
8316
8317 msgid ""
7025 " If no changeset is specified, attempt to update to the head of the\n"
8318 " If no changeset is specified, attempt to update to the head of the\n"
7026 " current branch. If this head is a descendant of the working\n"
8319 " current branch. If this head is a descendant of the working\n"
7027 " directory's parent, update to it, otherwise abort.\n"
8320 " directory's parent, update to it, otherwise abort."
7028 "\n"
8321 msgstr ""
8322 " Om ingen ändring specificeras, kommer ett försök att göras för att\n"
8323 " hämta ut huvudet på den nuvarande grenen. Om huvudet är en ättling till\n"
8324 " den nuvarande grenen, uppdatera till det, annars avbryt."
8325
8326 msgid ""
7029 " The following rules apply when the working directory contains\n"
8327 " The following rules apply when the working directory contains\n"
7030 " uncommitted changes:\n"
8328 " uncommitted changes:"
7031 "\n"
8329 msgstr ""
8330 " Följande regler gäller när arbetskatalogen innehåller oarkiverade\n"
8331 " ändringar:"
8332
8333 msgid ""
7032 " 1. If neither -c/--check nor -C/--clean is specified, and if\n"
8334 " 1. If neither -c/--check nor -C/--clean is specified, and if\n"
7033 " the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of\n"
8335 " the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of\n"
7034 " the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes\n"
8336 " the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes\n"
@@ -7036,56 +8338,41 b' msgid ""'
7036 " result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is\n"
8338 " result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is\n"
7037 " not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another\n"
8339 " not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another\n"
7038 " branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes\n"
8340 " branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes\n"
7039 " are preserved.\n"
8341 " are preserved."
7040 "\n"
8342 msgstr ""
7041 " 2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the\n"
7042 " uncommitted changes are preserved.\n"
7043 "\n"
7044 " 3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and\n"
7045 " the working directory is updated to the requested changeset.\n"
7046 "\n"
7047 " Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like 'hg\n"
7048 " clone -U').\n"
7049 "\n"
7050 " If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use 'hg "
7051 "revert'.\n"
7052 "\n"
7053 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
7054 " "
7055 msgstr ""
7056 "uppdatera arbetskatalogen (eller växla mellan revisioner)\n"
7057 "\n"
7058 " Uppdatera arkivets arbetskatalog till den specificerade ändringen.\n"
7059 "\n"
7060 " Om ingen ändring specificeras, kommer ett försök att göras för att\n"
7061 " hämta ut huvudet på den nuvarande grenen. Om huvudet är en ättling till\n"
7062 " den nuvarande grenen, uppdatera till det, annars avbryt.\n"
7063 "\n"
7064 " Följande regler gäller när arbetskatalogen innehåller oarkiverade\n"
7065 " ändringar:\n"
7066 "\n"
7067 " 1. Om varken -c/--check eller -C/--clean specificeras, och om den\n"
8343 " 1. Om varken -c/--check eller -C/--clean specificeras, och om den\n"
7068 " begärda ändringen är en anfader eller ättling till arbetskatalogens\n"
8344 " begärda ändringen är en anfader eller ättling till arbetskatalogens\n"
7069 " förälder, kommer oarkiverade ändringar att sammanfogas med den\n"
8345 " förälder, kommer oarkiverade ändringar att sammanfogas med den\n"
7070 " begärda ändringen och det sammanfogade resultatet lämnas oarkiverat.\n"
8346 " begärda ändringen och det sammanfogade resultatet lämnas oarkiverat.\n"
7071 " Om den begärda ändringen inte är en anfader eller ättling (dvs är i\n"
8347 " Om den begärda ändringen inte är en anfader eller ättling (dvs är i\n"
7072 " en annan gren), avbryts uppdateringen och de oarkiverade ändringarna\n"
8348 " en annan gren), avbryts uppdateringen och de oarkiverade ändringarna\n"
7073 " bevaras.\n"
8349 " bevaras."
7074 "\n"
8350
8351 msgid ""
8352 " 2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the\n"
8353 " uncommitted changes are preserved."
8354 msgstr ""
7075 " 2. Med flaggan -c/--check avbryts uppdateringen och de oarkiverade\n"
8355 " 2. Med flaggan -c/--check avbryts uppdateringen och de oarkiverade\n"
7076 " ändringarna lämnas.\n"
8356 " ändringarna lämnas."
7077 "\n"
8357
8358 msgid ""
8359 " 3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and\n"
8360 " the working directory is updated to the requested changeset."
8361 msgstr ""
7078 " 3. Med flaggan -C/--clean kommer oarkiverade ändringar att kasseras och\n"
8362 " 3. Med flaggan -C/--clean kommer oarkiverade ändringar att kasseras och\n"
7079 " arbetskatalogen uppdateras till den begärda ändringen.\n"
8363 " arbetskatalogen uppdateras till den begärda ändringen."
7080 "\n"
8364
8365 msgid ""
8366 " Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like 'hg\n"
8367 " clone -U')."
8368 msgstr ""
7081 " Använd null som ändring för att radera arbetskatalogen (som 'hg clone\n"
8369 " Använd null som ändring för att radera arbetskatalogen (som 'hg clone\n"
7082 " -U').\n"
8370 " -U')."
7083 "\n"
8371
8372 msgid " If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use 'hg revert'."
8373 msgstr ""
7084 " Om du vill uppdatera bara en fil till en äldre ändring, använd 'hg\n"
8374 " Om du vill uppdatera bara en fil till en äldre ändring, använd 'hg\n"
7085 " revert'.\n"
8375 " revert'."
7086 "\n"
7087 " Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
7088 " "
7089
8376
7090 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
8377 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
7091 msgstr ""
8378 msgstr ""
@@ -7093,21 +8380,19 b' msgstr ""'
7093 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
8380 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
7094 msgstr ""
8381 msgstr ""
7095
8382
7096 msgid ""
8383 msgid "verify the integrity of the repository"
7097 "verify the integrity of the repository\n"
8384 msgstr "verifiera arkivets integritet"
7098 "\n"
8385
7099 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
8386 msgid " Verify the integrity of the current repository."
7100 "\n"
8387 msgstr " Verifiera det aktuella arkivets integritet."
8388
8389 msgid ""
7101 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
8390 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
7102 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
8391 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
7103 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
8392 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
7104 " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
8393 " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
7105 " "
8394 " "
7106 msgstr ""
8395 msgstr ""
7107 "verifiera arkivets integritet\n"
7108 "\n"
7109 " Verifiera det aktuella arkivets integritet.\n"
7110 "\n"
7111 " Detta genomför en omfattande kontroll av arkivets integritet, validerar\n"
8396 " Detta genomför en omfattande kontroll av arkivets integritet, validerar\n"
7112 " hash- och checksummor för varje notering i ändringsloggen, manifestet,\n"
8397 " hash- och checksummor för varje notering i ändringsloggen, manifestet,\n"
7113 " och spårade filer, såväl som integriteten av korslänkar och indexar.\n"
8398 " och spårade filer, såväl som integriteten av korslänkar och indexar.\n"
@@ -7474,8 +8759,7 b' msgid "print all revisions that match"'
7474 msgstr "visa alla revisioner som matchar"
8759 msgstr "visa alla revisioner som matchar"
7475
8760
7476 msgid "follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames"
8761 msgid "follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames"
7477 msgstr ""
8762 msgstr "följ ändringshistorik, eller filhistorik över kopieringar och namnbyten"
7478 "följ ändringshistorik, eller filhistorik över kopieringar och namnbyten"
7479
8763
7480 msgid "ignore case when matching"
8764 msgid "ignore case when matching"
7481 msgstr "ignorera versaler/gemener vid matchning"
8765 msgstr "ignorera versaler/gemener vid matchning"
@@ -7528,9 +8812,7 b' msgstr "visa m\xc3\xa4rken"'
7528 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
8812 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
7529 msgstr "[-nibt] [-r REV] [KÄLLA]"
8813 msgstr "[-nibt] [-r REV] [KÄLLA]"
7530
8814
7531 msgid ""
8815 msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option"
7532 "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
7533 "corresponding patch option"
7534 msgstr ""
8816 msgstr ""
7535
8817
7536 msgid "base path"
8818 msgid "base path"
@@ -7996,9 +9278,7 b' msgstr ""'
7996 msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
9278 msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
7997 msgstr ""
9279 msgstr ""
7998
9280
7999 msgid ""
9281 msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
8000 "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
8001 "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
8002 msgstr ""
9282 msgstr ""
8003
9283
8004 #, python-format
9284 #, python-format
@@ -8016,9 +9296,7 b' msgstr ""'
8016 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
9296 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
8017 msgstr ""
9297 msgstr ""
8018
9298
8019 msgid ""
9299 msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/"
8020 "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
8021 "misc/lsprof/"
8022 msgstr ""
9300 msgstr ""
8023
9301
8024 #, python-format
9302 #, python-format
@@ -8124,10 +9402,15 b' msgstr "Anv\xc3\xa4nda ytterligare funktioner"'
8124
9402
8125 msgid ""
9403 msgid ""
8126 "Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.\n"
9404 "Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.\n"
8127 "Below we list the most specific file first.\n"
9405 "Below we list the most specific file first."
8128 "\n"
9406 msgstr ""
8129 "On Windows, these configuration files are read:\n"
9407 "Mercurial läser konfigurationsdata från flera filer, om de existerar.\n"
8130 "\n"
9408 "Nedan listar vi den mest specifika filen först."
9409
9410 msgid "On Windows, these configuration files are read:"
9411 msgstr "Under Windows läses dessa konfigurationsfiler:"
9412
9413 msgid ""
8131 "- ``<repo>\\.hg\\hgrc``\n"
9414 "- ``<repo>\\.hg\\hgrc``\n"
8132 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\.hgrc``\n"
9415 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\.hgrc``\n"
8133 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9416 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
@@ -8135,37 +9418,8 b' msgid ""'
8135 "- ``%HOME%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9418 "- ``%HOME%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
8136 "- ``C:\\Mercurial\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9419 "- ``C:\\Mercurial\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
8137 "- ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Mercurial``\n"
9420 "- ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Mercurial``\n"
8138 "- ``<install-dir>\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9421 "- ``<install-dir>\\Mercurial.ini``"
8139 "\n"
9422 msgstr ""
8140 "On Unix, these files are read:\n"
8141 "\n"
8142 "- ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc``\n"
8143 "- ``$HOME/.hgrc``\n"
8144 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
8145 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
8146 "- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
8147 "- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
8148 "\n"
8149 "The configuration files for Mercurial use a simple ini-file format. A\n"
8150 "configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header\n"
8151 "and followed by ``name = value`` entries::\n"
8152 "\n"
8153 " [ui]\n"
8154 " username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>\n"
8155 " verbose = True\n"
8156 "\n"
8157 "This above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and\n"
8158 "``ui.verbose``, respectively. Please see the hgrc man page for a full\n"
8159 "description of the possible configuration values:\n"
8160 "\n"
8161 "- on Unix-like systems: ``man hgrc``\n"
8162 "- online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\n"
8163 msgstr ""
8164 "Mercurial läser konfigurationsdata från flera filer, om de existerar.\n"
8165 "Nedan listar vi den mest specifika filen först.\n"
8166 "\n"
8167 "Under Windows läses dessa konfigurationsfiler:\n"
8168 "\n"
8169 "- ``<arkiv>\\.hg\\hgrc``\n"
9423 "- ``<arkiv>\\.hg\\hgrc``\n"
8170 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\.hgrc``\n"
9424 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\.hgrc``\n"
8171 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9425 "- ``%USERPROFILE%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
@@ -8173,40 +9427,74 b' msgstr ""'
8173 "- ``%HOME%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9427 "- ``%HOME%\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
8174 "- ``C:\\Mercurial\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9428 "- ``C:\\Mercurial\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
8175 "- ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Mercurial``\n"
9429 "- ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Mercurial``\n"
8176 "- ``<installationskatalog>\\Mercurial.ini``\n"
9430 "- ``<installationskatalog>\\Mercurial.ini``"
8177 "\n"
9431
8178 "Under Unix läses dessa filer:\n"
9432 msgid "On Unix, these files are read:"
8179 "\n"
9433 msgstr "Under Unix läses dessa filer:"
9434
9435 msgid ""
9436 "- ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc``\n"
9437 "- ``$HOME/.hgrc``\n"
9438 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
9439 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
9440 "- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
9441 "- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``"
9442 msgstr ""
8180 "- ``<arkiv>/.hg/hgrc``\n"
9443 "- ``<arkiv>/.hg/hgrc``\n"
8181 "- ``$HOME/.hgrc``\n"
9444 "- ``$HOME/.hgrc``\n"
8182 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
9445 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
8183 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
9446 "- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
8184 "- ``<installationsrot>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
9447 "- ``<installationsrot>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
8185 "- ``<installationsrot>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
9448 "- ``<installationsrot>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``"
8186 "\n"
9449
9450 msgid ""
9451 "The configuration files for Mercurial use a simple ini-file format. A\n"
9452 "configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header\n"
9453 "and followed by ``name = value`` entries::"
9454 msgstr ""
8187 "Konfigurationsfilerna för Mercurial använder ett enkelt ini-filformat. En\n"
9455 "Konfigurationsfilerna för Mercurial använder ett enkelt ini-filformat. En\n"
8188 "file består av sektioner, som inleds av en rubrik (ex ``[sektion]``) och\n"
9456 "file består av sektioner, som inleds av en rubrik (ex ``[sektion]``) och\n"
8189 "följs av rader med ``namn = värde``::\n"
9457 "följs av rader med ``namn = värde``::"
8190 "\n"
9458
9459 msgid ""
9460 " [ui]\n"
9461 " username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>\n"
9462 " verbose = True"
9463 msgstr ""
8191 " [ui]\n"
9464 " [ui]\n"
8192 " username = Förnamn Efternamn <fornamn.efternamn@example.net>\n"
9465 " username = Förnamn Efternamn <fornamn.efternamn@example.net>\n"
8193 " verbose = True\n"
9466 " verbose = True"
8194 "\n"
9467
9468 msgid ""
9469 "This above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and\n"
9470 "``ui.verbose``, respectively. Please see the hgrc man page for a full\n"
9471 "description of the possible configuration values:"
9472 msgstr ""
8195 "Raderna ovanför refereras till som ``ui.username`` och\n"
9473 "Raderna ovanför refereras till som ``ui.username`` och\n"
8196 "``ui.verbose``. Läs man-sidan för hgrc för en full beskrivning av alla\n"
9474 "``ui.verbose``. Läs man-sidan för hgrc för en full beskrivning av alla\n"
8197 "möjliga konfigurationsvärden:\n"
9475 "möjliga konfigurationsvärden:"
8198 "\n"
9476
9477 msgid ""
9478 "- on Unix-like systems: ``man hgrc``\n"
9479 "- online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\n"
9480 msgstr ""
8199 "- under Unix-liknande system: ``man hgrc``\n"
9481 "- under Unix-liknande system: ``man hgrc``\n"
8200 "- online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\n"
9482 "- online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\n"
8201
9483
8202 msgid ""
9484 msgid "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
8203 "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
9485 msgstr "Vissa kommandon tillåter att användare anger ett datum, bland dom:"
8204 "\n"
9486
9487 msgid ""
8205 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
9488 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
8206 "- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
9489 "- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
8207 "\n"
9490 msgstr ""
8208 "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:\n"
9491 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Ange arkiveringsdatum.\n"
8209 "\n"
9492 "- log, revert, update: Välj revision(er) med hjälp av datum."
9493
9494 msgid "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:"
9495 msgstr "Många datumformat är giltiga. Här är några exempel:"
9496
9497 msgid ""
8210 "- ``Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006`` (local timezone assumed)\n"
9498 "- ``Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006`` (local timezone assumed)\n"
8211 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 -0600`` (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
9499 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 -0600`` (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
8212 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 UTC`` (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
9500 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 UTC`` (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
@@ -8219,31 +9507,8 b' msgid ""'
8219 "- ``2006-12-6``\n"
9507 "- ``2006-12-6``\n"
8220 "- ``12-6``\n"
9508 "- ``12-6``\n"
8221 "- ``12/6``\n"
9509 "- ``12/6``\n"
8222 "- ``12/6/6`` (Dec 6 2006)\n"
9510 "- ``12/6/6`` (Dec 6 2006)"
8223 "\n"
9511 msgstr ""
8224 "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:\n"
8225 "\n"
8226 "- ``1165432709 0`` (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
8227 "\n"
8228 "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
8229 "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
8230 "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
8231 "the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
8232 "\n"
8233 "The log command also accepts date ranges:\n"
8234 "\n"
8235 "- ``<{datetime}`` - at or before a given date/time\n"
8236 "- ``>{datetime}`` - on or after a given date/time\n"
8237 "- ``{datetime} to {datetime}`` - a date range, inclusive\n"
8238 "- ``-{days}`` - within a given number of days of today\n"
8239 msgstr ""
8240 "Vissa kommandon tillåter att användare anger ett datum, bland dom:\n"
8241 "\n"
8242 "- backout, commit, import, tag: Ange arkiveringsdatum.\n"
8243 "- log, revert, update: Välj revision(er) med hjälp av datum.\n"
8244 "\n"
8245 "Många datumformat är giltiga. Här är några exempel:\n"
8246 "\n"
8247 "- ``Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006`` (lokal tidszon antas)\n"
9512 "- ``Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006`` (lokal tidszon antas)\n"
8248 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 -0600`` (året antas, tidsoffset anges)\n"
9513 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 -0600`` (året antas, tidsoffset anges)\n"
8249 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 UTC`` (UTC och GMT är alias för +0000)\n"
9514 "- ``Dec 6 13:18 UTC`` (UTC och GMT är alias för +0000)\n"
@@ -8256,19 +9521,34 b' msgstr ""'
8256 "- ``2006-12-6``\n"
9521 "- ``2006-12-6``\n"
8257 "- ``12-6``\n"
9522 "- ``12-6``\n"
8258 "- ``12/6``\n"
9523 "- ``12/6``\n"
8259 "- ``12/6/6`` (Dec 6 2006)\n"
9524 "- ``12/6/6`` (Dec 6 2006)"
8260 "\n"
9525
8261 "Till sist, så finns även Mercurial's interna format:\n"
9526 msgid "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:"
8262 "\n"
9527 msgstr "Till sist, så finns även Mercurial's interna format:"
8263 "- ``1165432709 0`` (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
9528
8264 "\n"
9529 msgid "- ``1165432709 0`` (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
9530 msgstr "- ``1165432709 0`` (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
9531
9532 msgid ""
9533 "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
9534 "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
9535 "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
9536 "the timezone is east of UTC)."
9537 msgstr ""
8265 "Detta är det interna representationsformatet för datum. unixtime är antalet\n"
9538 "Detta är det interna representationsformatet för datum. unixtime är antalet\n"
8266 "sekunder sedan epoken(1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset är offseten till den\n"
9539 "sekunder sedan epoken(1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset är offseten till den\n"
8267 "lokala tidszonen, i sekunder väst om UTC (negativ om tidszonen är öst om\n"
9540 "lokala tidszonen, i sekunder väst om UTC (negativ om tidszonen är öst om\n"
8268 "UTC).\n"
9541 "UTC)."
8269 "\n"
9542
8270 "Kommandot log accepterar också datumintervall:\n"
9543 msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges:"
8271 "\n"
9544 msgstr "Kommandot log accepterar också datumintervall:"
9545
9546 msgid ""
9547 "- ``<{datetime}`` - at or before a given date/time\n"
9548 "- ``>{datetime}`` - on or after a given date/time\n"
9549 "- ``{datetime} to {datetime}`` - a date range, inclusive\n"
9550 "- ``-{days}`` - within a given number of days of today\n"
9551 msgstr ""
8272 "- ``<{datumtid}`` - på eller innan datum/tid\n"
9552 "- ``<{datumtid}`` - på eller innan datum/tid\n"
8273 "- ``>{datumtid}`` - på eller efter datum/tid\n"
9553 "- ``>{datumtid}`` - på eller efter datum/tid\n"
8274 "- ``{datumtid} to {datumtid}`` - ett datumintervall, inklusivt\n"
9554 "- ``{datumtid} to {datumtid}`` - ett datumintervall, inklusivt\n"
@@ -8277,29 +9557,39 b' msgstr ""'
8277 msgid ""
9557 msgid ""
8278 "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
9558 "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
8279 "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
9559 "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
8280 "used by GNU patch and many other standard tools.\n"
9560 "used by GNU patch and many other standard tools."
8281 "\n"
9561 msgstr ""
9562
9563 msgid ""
8282 "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
9564 "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
8283 "following information:\n"
9565 "following information:"
8284 "\n"
9566 msgstr ""
9567
9568 msgid ""
8285 "- executable status and other permission bits\n"
9569 "- executable status and other permission bits\n"
8286 "- copy or rename information\n"
9570 "- copy or rename information\n"
8287 "- changes in binary files\n"
9571 "- changes in binary files\n"
8288 "- creation or deletion of empty files\n"
9572 "- creation or deletion of empty files"
8289 "\n"
9573 msgstr ""
9574
9575 msgid ""
8290 "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
9576 "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
8291 "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
9577 "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
8292 "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
9578 "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
8293 "format.\n"
9579 "format."
8294 "\n"
9580 msgstr ""
9581
9582 msgid ""
8295 "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
9583 "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
8296 "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n"
9584 "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n"
8297 "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
9585 "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
8298 "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
9586 "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
8299 "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
9587 "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
8300 "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
9588 "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
8301 "format for communicating changes.\n"
9589 "format for communicating changes."
8302 "\n"
9590 msgstr ""
9591
9592 msgid ""
8303 "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
9593 "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
8304 "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
9594 "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
8305 "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n"
9595 "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n"
@@ -8312,84 +9602,112 b' msgid ""'
8312 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
9602 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
8313 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
9603 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
8314 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
9604 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
8315 " Windows) is searched.\n"
9605 " Windows) is searched."
8316 "\n"
9606 msgstr ""
9607
9608 msgid ""
8317 "HGEDITOR\n"
9609 "HGEDITOR\n"
8318 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
9610 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
8319 "\n"
9611 msgstr ""
8320 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
9612
8321 "\n"
9613 msgid " (deprecated, use .hgrc)"
9614 msgstr ""
9615
9616 msgid ""
8322 "HGENCODING\n"
9617 "HGENCODING\n"
8323 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
9618 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
8324 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
9619 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
8325 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
9620 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
8326 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
9621 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
8327 "\n"
9622 msgstr ""
9623
9624 msgid ""
8328 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
9625 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
8329 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
9626 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
8330 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
9627 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
8331 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
9628 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
8332 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
9629 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
8333 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
9630 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
8334 " the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
9631 " the --encodingmode command-line option."
8335 "\n"
9632 msgstr ""
9633
9634 msgid ""
8336 "HGMERGE\n"
9635 "HGMERGE\n"
8337 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
9636 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
8338 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
9637 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
8339 " ancestor file.\n"
9638 " ancestor file."
8340 "\n"
9639 msgstr ""
8341 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
9640
8342 "\n"
9641 msgid ""
8343 "HGRCPATH\n"
9642 "HGRCPATH\n"
8344 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
9643 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
8345 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
9644 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
8346 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
9645 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
8347 " from the current repository is read.\n"
9646 " from the current repository is read."
8348 "\n"
9647 msgstr ""
8349 " For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
9648
8350 "\n"
9649 msgid " For each element in HGRCPATH:"
9650 msgstr ""
9651
9652 msgid ""
8351 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
9653 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
8352 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
9654 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
8353 "\n"
9655 msgstr ""
9656
9657 msgid ""
8354 "HGPLAIN\n"
9658 "HGPLAIN\n"
8355 " When set, this disables any options in .hgrc that might change\n"
9659 " When set, this disables any options in .hgrc that might change\n"
8356 " Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding, defaults,\n"
9660 " Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding, defaults,\n"
8357 " verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and\n"
9661 " verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and\n"
8358 " localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial\n"
9662 " localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial\n"
8359 " in the face of existing user configuration.\n"
9663 " in the face of existing user configuration."
8360 "\n"
9664 msgstr ""
9665
9666 msgid ""
8361 " Equivalent options set via command line flags or environment\n"
9667 " Equivalent options set via command line flags or environment\n"
8362 " variables are not overridden.\n"
9668 " variables are not overridden."
8363 "\n"
9669 msgstr ""
9670
9671 msgid ""
8364 "HGUSER\n"
9672 "HGUSER\n"
8365 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
9673 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
8366 " available values will be considered in this order:\n"
9674 " available values will be considered in this order:"
8367 "\n"
9675 msgstr ""
9676
9677 msgid ""
8368 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
9678 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
8369 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
9679 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
8370 " - EMAIL\n"
9680 " - EMAIL\n"
8371 " - interactive prompt\n"
9681 " - interactive prompt\n"
8372 " - LOGNAME (with ``@hostname`` appended)\n"
9682 " - LOGNAME (with ``@hostname`` appended)"
8373 "\n"
9683 msgstr ""
8374 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
9684
8375 "\n"
9685 msgid ""
8376 "EMAIL\n"
9686 "EMAIL\n"
8377 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
9687 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
8378 "\n"
9688 msgstr ""
9689
9690 msgid ""
8379 "LOGNAME\n"
9691 "LOGNAME\n"
8380 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
9692 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
8381 "\n"
9693 msgstr ""
9694
9695 msgid ""
8382 "VISUAL\n"
9696 "VISUAL\n"
8383 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
9697 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
8384 "\n"
9698 msgstr ""
9699
9700 msgid ""
8385 "EDITOR\n"
9701 "EDITOR\n"
8386 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
9702 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
8387 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
9703 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
8388 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
9704 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
8389 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
9705 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
8390 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
9706 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
8391 " defaults to 'vi'.\n"
9707 " defaults to 'vi'."
8392 "\n"
9708 msgstr ""
9709
9710 msgid ""
8393 "PYTHONPATH\n"
9711 "PYTHONPATH\n"
8394 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
9712 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
8395 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
9713 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
@@ -8399,31 +9717,44 b' msgid ""'
8399 "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
9717 "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
8400 "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
9718 "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
8401 "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
9719 "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
8402 "implement hooks.\n"
9720 "implement hooks."
8403 "\n"
9721 msgstr ""
9722
9723 msgid ""
8404 "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
9724 "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
8405 "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
9725 "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
8406 "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
9726 "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
8407 "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
9727 "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
8408 "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
9728 "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
8409 "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
9729 "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
8410 "needed.\n"
9730 "needed."
8411 "\n"
9731 msgstr ""
9732
9733 msgid ""
8412 "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
9734 "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
8413 "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
9735 "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
8414 "this::\n"
9736 "this::"
8415 "\n"
9737 msgstr ""
9738
9739 msgid ""
8416 " [extensions]\n"
9740 " [extensions]\n"
8417 " foo =\n"
9741 " foo ="
8418 "\n"
9742 msgstr ""
8419 "You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
9743
8420 "\n"
9744 msgid "You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
9745 msgstr ""
9746
9747 msgid ""
8421 " [extensions]\n"
9748 " [extensions]\n"
8422 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
9749 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
8423 "\n"
9750 msgstr ""
9751
9752 msgid ""
8424 "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
9753 "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
8425 "scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
9754 "scope, prepend its path with !::"
8426 "\n"
9755 msgstr ""
9756
9757 msgid ""
8427 " [extensions]\n"
9758 " [extensions]\n"
8428 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
9759 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
8429 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
9760 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
@@ -8434,159 +9765,171 b' msgstr ""'
8434 msgid ""
9765 msgid ""
8435 "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
9766 "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
8436 "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
9767 "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
8437 "separated by the \":\" character.\n"
9768 "separated by the \":\" character."
8438 "\n"
9769 msgstr ""
9770
9771 msgid ""
8439 "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
9772 "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
8440 "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
9773 "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
8441 "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
9774 "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
8442 "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\".\n"
9775 "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"."
8443 "\n"
9776 msgstr ""
8444 "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order.\n"
9777
8445 "\n"
9778 msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order."
9779 msgstr ""
9780
9781 msgid ""
8446 "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
9782 "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
8447 "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
9783 "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
8448 msgstr ""
9784 msgstr ""
8449
9785
8450 msgid ""
9786 msgid ""
8451 "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
9787 "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
8452 "at a time.\n"
9788 "at a time."
8453 "\n"
9789 msgstr ""
9790 "Mercurial acceptera flera notationer för att identifiera en eller flera\n"
9791 "filer samma gång."
9792
9793 msgid ""
8454 "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
9794 "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
8455 "patterns.\n"
9795 "patterns."
8456 "\n"
9796 msgstr ""
8457 "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n"
9797 "Som standard behandlar Mercurial filnamn som ett utökat glob-mönster i\n"
8458 "\n"
9798 "skalstil."
9799
9800 msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
9801 msgstr "Alternativa mönsternotationer måste anges explicit."
9802
9803 msgid ""
8459 "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
9804 "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
8460 "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
9805 "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
8461 "current repository root.\n"
9806 "current repository root."
8462 "\n"
9807 msgstr ""
9808 "För att använda en enkel sökväg utan någon mönstermatching, börja den med\n"
9809 "``path:``. Dessa sökvägar måste överrensstämma helt från det nuvarande\n"
9810 "arkivroten."
9811
9812 msgid ""
8463 "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
9813 "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
8464 "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
9814 "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
8465 "in the current directory ending with ``.c``.\n"
9815 "in the current directory ending with ``.c``."
8466 "\n"
9816 msgstr ""
9817 "För att använda utökad glob, börja ett namn med ``glob:``. Globs har sin\n"
9818 "rot i den aktuella katalogen; en glob som ``*.c`` kommer bara att matcha\n"
9819 "filer i den aktuella katalogen som slutar med ``.c``."
9820
9821 msgid ""
8467 "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
9822 "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
8468 "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\".\n"
9823 "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"."
8469 "\n"
9824 msgstr ""
9825 "Den utökade glob-syntaxen är ``**`` för att matcha alla strängar i sökvägen\n"
9826 "och ``{a,b}`` som innebär \"a eller b\"."
9827
9828 msgid ""
8470 "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
9829 "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
8471 "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
9830 "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
8472 "\n"
9831 msgstr ""
8473 "Plain examples::\n"
9832 "För att använda reguljära uttryck från Perl/Python, börja ett namn med\n"
8474 "\n"
9833 "``re:``. Regexp-mönstermatchning har sin början i arkivroten."
9834
9835 msgid "Plain examples::"
9836 msgstr "Råa exempel::"
9837
9838 msgid ""
8475 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
9839 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
8476 " of the repository\n"
9840 " of the repository\n"
8477 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
9841 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
8478 "\n"
9842 msgstr ""
8479 "Glob examples::\n"
9843 " path:foo/bar namnet bar i en katalog med namnet foo i arkivroten\n"
8480 "\n"
9844 " path:path:name en fil eller katalog med namnet \"path:name\""
9845
9846 msgid "Glob examples::"
9847 msgstr "Glob-exempel::"
9848
9849 msgid ""
8481 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
9850 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
8482 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
9851 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
8483 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
9852 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
8484 " current directory including itself.\n"
9853 " current directory including itself.\n"
8485 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
9854 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
8486 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
9855 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
8487 " including itself.\n"
9856 " including itself."
8488 "\n"
9857 msgstr ""
8489 "Regexp examples::\n"
8490 "\n"
8491 " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
8492 msgstr ""
8493 "Mercurial acceptera flera notationer för att identifiera en eller flera\n"
8494 "filer samma gång.\n"
8495 "\n"
8496 "Som standard behandlar Mercurial filnamn som ett utökat glob-mönster i\n"
8497 "skalstil.\n"
8498 "\n"
8499 "Alternativa mönsternotationer måste anges explicit.\n"
8500 "\n"
8501 "För att använda en enkel sökväg utan någon mönstermatching, börja den med\n"
8502 "``path:``. Dessa sökvägar måste överrensstämma helt från det nuvarande\n"
8503 "arkivroten.\n"
8504 "\n"
8505 "För att använda utökad glob, börja ett namn med ``glob:``. Globs har sin\n"
8506 "rot i den aktuella katalogen; en glob som ``*.c`` kommer bara att matcha\n"
8507 "filer i den aktuella katalogen som slutar med ``.c``.\n"
8508 "\n"
8509 "Den utökade glob-syntaxen är ``**`` för att matcha alla strängar i sökvägen\n"
8510 "och ``{a,b}`` som innebär \"a eller b\".\n"
8511 "\n"
8512 "För att använda reguljära uttryck från Perl/Python, börja ett namn med\n"
8513 "``re:``. Regexp-mönstermatchning har sin början i arkivroten.\n"
8514 "\n"
8515 "Råa exempel::\n"
8516 "\n"
8517 " path:foo/bar namnet bar i en katalog med namnet foo i arkivroten\n"
8518 " path:path:name en fil eller katalog med namnet \"path:name\"\n"
8519 "\n"
8520 "Glob-exempel::\n"
8521 "\n"
8522 " glob:*.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i den nuvarande katalogen\n"
9858 " glob:*.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i den nuvarande katalogen\n"
8523 " *.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i den nuvarande katalogen\n"
9859 " *.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i den nuvarande katalogen\n"
8524 " **.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i alla underkataloger från\n"
9860 " **.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i alla underkataloger från\n"
8525 " den nuvarande katalogen inklusive sig själv.\n"
9861 " den nuvarande katalogen inklusive sig själv.\n"
8526 " foo/*.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i katalogen foo\n"
9862 " foo/*.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i katalogen foo\n"
8527 " foo/**.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i alla underkataloger från\n"
9863 " foo/**.c alla namn som slutar på \".c\" i alla underkataloger från\n"
8528 " foo inklusive sig själv.\n"
9864 " foo inklusive sig själv."
8529 "\n"
9865
8530 "Regexp-exempel::\n"
9866 msgid "Regexp examples::"
8531 "\n"
9867 msgstr "Regexp-exempel::"
8532 " re:.*\\.c$ alla namn som slutar med \".c\", var som helst i arkivet\n"
9868
8533
9869 msgid " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
8534 msgid ""
9870 msgstr " re:.*\\.c$ alla namn som slutar med \".c\", var som helst i arkivet\n"
8535 "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n"
9871
8536 "\n"
9872 msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
9873 msgstr "Mercurial stöder flera sött att ange individuella revisioner."
9874
9875 msgid ""
8537 "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
9876 "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
8538 "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
9877 "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
8539 "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth.\n"
9878 "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
8540 "\n"
9879 msgstr ""
9880 "Ett heltal behandlas som ett revisionsnummer. Negativa heltal behandlas som\n"
9881 "sekventiell offset från toppen, där -1 är tippen, -2 revisionen innan\n"
9882 "toppen, och så vidare."
9883
9884 msgid ""
8541 "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
9885 "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
8542 "identifier.\n"
9886 "identifier."
8543 "\n"
9887 msgstr ""
9888 "En 40-siffrig hexadecimal sträng behandlas som en unik\n"
9889 "revisionsidentifierare."
9890
9891 msgid ""
8544 "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
9892 "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
8545 "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
9893 "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
8546 "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
9894 "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
8547 "of exactly one full-length identifier.\n"
9895 "of exactly one full-length identifier."
8548 "\n"
9896 msgstr ""
9897 "En hexadecimal sträng med mindre än 40 tecken behandlas som en unik\n"
9898 "revisionsidentifierare och refereras till som en kort identifierare. En\n"
9899 "kort identifierare är bara giltig om det är prefixet för exakt en\n"
9900 "fullängdsidentifierare."
9901
9902 msgid ""
8549 "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
9903 "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
8550 "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
9904 "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
8551 "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
9905 "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
8552 "not contain the \":\" character.\n"
9906 "not contain the \":\" character."
8553 "\n"
9907 msgstr ""
9908 "Alla andra strängar behandlas som märkes- eller grennamn. Ett märkesnamn är\n"
9909 "ett symboliskt namn associerad med en revisionsidentifierare. Ett grennamn\n"
9910 "anger den högsta revisionen på den grenen. Märkes- och grennamn kan inte\n"
9911 "innehålla tecknet \":\"."
9912
9913 msgid ""
8554 "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
9914 "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
8555 "most recent revision.\n"
9915 "most recent revision."
8556 "\n"
9916 msgstr ""
9917 "Det reserverade namnet \"tip\" är ett speciellt märke som alltid\n"
9918 "identifierar den senaste revisionen."
9919
9920 msgid ""
8557 "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
9921 "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
8558 "revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n"
9922 "revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
8559 "\n"
9923 msgstr ""
9924 "Det reserverade namnet \"null\" indikerar null-revisionen. Detta är\n"
9925 "revisionen i ett tomt arkiv, och är förälder till revision 0."
9926
9927 msgid ""
8560 "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
9928 "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
8561 "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
9929 "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
8562 "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
9930 "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
8563 "parent.\n"
9931 "parent.\n"
8564 msgstr ""
9932 msgstr ""
8565 "Mercurial stöder flera sött att ange individuella revisioner.\n"
8566 "\n"
8567 "Ett heltal behandlas som ett revisionsnummer. Negativa heltal behandlas som\n"
8568 "sekventiell offset från toppen, där -1 är tippen, -2 revisionen innan\n"
8569 "toppen, och så vidare.\n"
8570 "\n"
8571 "En 40-siffrig hexadecimal sträng behandlas som en unik\n"
8572 "revisionsidentifierare.\n"
8573 "\n"
8574 "En hexadecimal sträng med mindre än 40 tecken behandlas som en unik\n"
8575 "revisionsidentifierare och refereras till som en kort identifierare. En\n"
8576 "kort identifierare är bara giltig om det är prefixet för exakt en\n"
8577 "fullängdsidentifierare.\n"
8578 "\n"
8579 "Alla andra strängar behandlas som märkes- eller grennamn. Ett märkesnamn är\n"
8580 "ett symboliskt namn associerad med en revisionsidentifierare. Ett grennamn\n"
8581 "anger den högsta revisionen på den grenen. Märkes- och grennamn kan inte\n"
8582 "innehålla tecknet \":\".\n"
8583 "\n"
8584 "Det reserverade namnet \"tip\" är ett speciellt märke som alltid\n"
8585 "identifierar den senaste revisionen.\n"
8586 "\n"
8587 "Det reserverade namnet \"null\" indikerar null-revisionen. Detta är\n"
8588 "revisionen i ett tomt arkiv, och är förälder till revision 0.\n"
8589 "\n"
8590 "Det reserverade namnet \".\" indikerar arbetskatalogens förälder. Om ingen\n"
9933 "Det reserverade namnet \".\" indikerar arbetskatalogens förälder. Om ingen\n"
8591 "arbetskatalog är uthämtad, är den ekvivalent med null. Om en oarkiverad\n"
9934 "arbetskatalog är uthämtad, är den ekvivalent med null. Om en oarkiverad\n"
8592 "sammanfogning pågår, så är \".\" den första förälderns revision.\n"
9935 "sammanfogning pågår, så är \".\" den första förälderns revision.\n"
@@ -8595,216 +9938,328 b' msgid ""'
8595 "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
9938 "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
8596 "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
9939 "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
8597 "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
9940 "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
8598 "template-style (--style).\n"
9941 "template-style (--style)."
8599 "\n"
9942 msgstr ""
9943
9944 msgid ""
8600 "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
9945 "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
8601 "outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog.\n"
9946 "outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
8602 "\n"
9947 msgstr ""
9948
9949 msgid ""
8603 "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
9950 "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
8604 "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
9951 "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
8605 "Usage::\n"
9952 "Usage::"
8606 "\n"
9953 msgstr ""
8607 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
9954
8608 "\n"
9955 msgid " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
9956 msgstr ""
9957
9958 msgid ""
8609 "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
9959 "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
8610 "expansion::\n"
9960 "expansion::"
8611 "\n"
9961 msgstr ""
9962
9963 msgid ""
8612 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
9964 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
8613 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
9965 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
8614 "\n"
9966 msgstr ""
9967
9968 msgid ""
8615 "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
9969 "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
8616 "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
9970 "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
8617 "keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
9971 "keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
8618 "\n"
9972 msgstr ""
8619 ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
9973
8620 "\n"
9974 msgid ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset."
9975 msgstr ""
9976
9977 msgid ""
8621 ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset was\n"
9978 ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset was\n"
8622 " committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default.\n"
9979 " committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default."
8623 "\n"
9980 msgstr ""
8624 ":date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed.\n"
9981
8625 "\n"
9982 msgid ":date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed."
8626 ":desc: String. The text of the changeset description.\n"
9983 msgstr ""
8627 "\n"
9984
9985 msgid ":desc: String. The text of the changeset description."
9986 msgstr ""
9987
9988 msgid ""
8628 ":diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following format:\n"
9989 ":diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following format:\n"
8629 " \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
9990 " \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\""
8630 "\n"
9991 msgstr ""
9992
9993 msgid ""
8631 ":files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by this\n"
9994 ":files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by this\n"
8632 " changeset.\n"
9995 " changeset."
8633 "\n"
9996 msgstr ""
8634 ":file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n"
9997
8635 "\n"
9998 msgid ":file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset."
9999 msgstr ""
10000
10001 msgid ""
8636 ":file_copies: List of strings. Files copied in this changeset with\n"
10002 ":file_copies: List of strings. Files copied in this changeset with\n"
8637 " their sources.\n"
10003 " their sources."
8638 "\n"
10004 msgstr ""
10005
10006 msgid ""
8639 ":file_copies_switch: List of strings. Like \"file_copies\" but displayed\n"
10007 ":file_copies_switch: List of strings. Like \"file_copies\" but displayed\n"
8640 " only if the --copied switch is set.\n"
10008 " only if the --copied switch is set."
8641 "\n"
10009 msgstr ""
8642 ":file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n"
10010
8643 "\n"
10011 msgid ":file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset."
8644 ":file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n"
10012 msgstr ""
8645 "\n"
10013
10014 msgid ":file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset."
10015 msgstr ""
10016
10017 msgid ""
8646 ":node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a 40-character\n"
10018 ":node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a 40-character\n"
8647 " hexadecimal string.\n"
10019 " hexadecimal string."
8648 "\n"
10020 msgstr ""
8649 ":parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n"
10021
8650 "\n"
10022 msgid ":parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset."
8651 ":rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number.\n"
10023 msgstr ""
8652 "\n"
10024
8653 ":tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset.\n"
10025 msgid ":rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number."
8654 "\n"
10026 msgstr ""
10027
10028 msgid ":tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset."
10029 msgstr ""
10030
10031 msgid ""
8655 ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
10032 ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
8656 " changeset.\n"
10033 " changeset."
8657 "\n"
10034 msgstr ""
8658 ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag.\n"
10035
8659 "\n"
10036 msgid ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag."
10037 msgstr ""
10038
10039 msgid ""
8660 "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
10040 "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
8661 "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
10041 "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
8662 "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
10042 "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
8663 "variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're\n"
10043 "variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're\n"
8664 "applying a string-input filter to a list-like input variable.\n"
10044 "applying a string-input filter to a list-like input variable.\n"
8665 "You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output::\n"
10045 "You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output::"
8666 "\n"
10046 msgstr ""
10047
10048 msgid ""
8667 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
10049 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
8668 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
10050 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
8669 "\n"
10051 msgstr ""
8670 "List of filters:\n"
10052
8671 "\n"
10053 msgid "List of filters:"
10054 msgstr ""
10055
10056 msgid ""
8672 ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
10057 ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
8673 " every line except the last.\n"
10058 " every line except the last."
8674 "\n"
10059 msgstr ""
10060
10061 msgid ""
8675 ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between the\n"
10062 ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between the\n"
8676 " given date/time and the current date/time.\n"
10063 " given date/time and the current date/time."
8677 "\n"
10064 msgstr ""
10065
10066 msgid ""
8678 ":basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the last\n"
10067 ":basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the last\n"
8679 " component of the path after splitting by the path separator\n"
10068 " component of the path after splitting by the path separator\n"
8680 " (ignoring trailing separators). For example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes\n"
10069 " (ignoring trailing separators). For example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes\n"
8681 " \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\" becomes \"bar\".\n"
10070 " \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\" becomes \"bar\"."
8682 "\n"
10071 msgstr ""
10072
10073 msgid ""
8683 ":stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if\n"
10074 ":stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if\n"
8684 " possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes \"foo\".\n"
10075 " possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes \"foo\"."
8685 "\n"
10076 msgstr ""
10077
10078 msgid ""
8686 ":date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including the\n"
10079 ":date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including the\n"
8687 " timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
10080 " timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"."
8688 "\n"
10081 msgstr ""
10082
10083 msgid ""
8689 ":domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an email\n"
10084 ":domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an email\n"
8690 " address, and extracts just the domain component. Example: ``User\n"
10085 " address, and extracts just the domain component. Example: ``User\n"
8691 " <user@example.com>`` becomes ``example.com``.\n"
10086 " <user@example.com>`` becomes ``example.com``."
8692 "\n"
10087 msgstr ""
10088
10089 msgid ""
8693 ":email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an email\n"
10090 ":email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an email\n"
8694 " address. Example: ``User <user@example.com>`` becomes\n"
10091 " address. Example: ``User <user@example.com>`` becomes\n"
8695 " ``user@example.com``.\n"
10092 " ``user@example.com``."
8696 "\n"
10093 msgstr ""
10094
10095 msgid ""
8697 ":escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters \"&\", \"<\"\n"
10096 ":escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters \"&\", \"<\"\n"
8698 " and \">\" with XML entities.\n"
10097 " and \">\" with XML entities."
8699 "\n"
10098 msgstr ""
8700 ":fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n"
10099
8701 "\n"
10100 msgid ":fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns."
8702 ":fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n"
10101 msgstr ""
8703 "\n"
10102
8704 ":firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n"
10103 msgid ":fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns."
8705 "\n"
10104 msgstr ""
8706 ":nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.\n"
10105
8707 "\n"
10106 msgid ":firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text."
10107 msgstr ""
10108
10109 msgid ":nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty."
10110 msgstr ""
10111
10112 msgid ""
8708 ":hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers: \"1157407993\n"
10113 ":hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers: \"1157407993\n"
8709 " 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n"
10114 " 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset)."
8710 "\n"
10115 msgstr ""
10116
10117 msgid ""
8711 ":isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format: \"2009-08-18 13:00\n"
10118 ":isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format: \"2009-08-18 13:00\n"
8712 " +0200\".\n"
10119 " +0200\"."
8713 "\n"
10120 msgstr ""
10121
10122 msgid ""
8714 ":isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
10123 ":isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
8715 " seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the rfc3339date\n"
10124 " seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the rfc3339date\n"
8716 " filter.\n"
10125 " filter."
8717 "\n"
10126 msgstr ""
8718 ":localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.\n"
10127
8719 "\n"
10128 msgid ":localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date."
10129 msgstr ""
10130
10131 msgid ""
8720 ":obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a sequence of\n"
10132 ":obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a sequence of\n"
8721 " XML entities.\n"
10133 " XML entities."
8722 "\n"
10134 msgstr ""
8723 ":person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n"
10135
8724 "\n"
10136 msgid ":person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address."
10137 msgstr ""
10138
10139 msgid ""
8725 ":rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in email\n"
10140 ":rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in email\n"
8726 " headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
10141 " headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\"."
8727 "\n"
10142 msgstr ""
10143
10144 msgid ""
8728 ":rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
10145 ":rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
8729 " specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
10146 " specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\"."
8730 "\n"
10147 msgstr ""
10148
10149 msgid ""
8731 ":short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset hash,\n"
10150 ":short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset hash,\n"
8732 " i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n"
10151 " i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string."
8733 "\n"
10152 msgstr ""
8734 ":shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\".\n"
10153
8735 "\n"
10154 msgid ":shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\"."
8736 ":strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n"
10155 msgstr ""
8737 "\n"
10156
10157 msgid ":strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace."
10158 msgstr ""
10159
10160 msgid ""
8738 ":tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except the\n"
10161 ":tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except the\n"
8739 " first starting with a tab character.\n"
10162 " first starting with a tab character."
8740 "\n"
10163 msgstr ""
10164
10165 msgid ""
8741 ":urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For example,\n"
10166 ":urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For example,\n"
8742 " \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n"
10167 " \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\"."
8743 "\n"
10168 msgstr ""
8744 ":user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n"
10169
8745 msgstr ""
10170 msgid ":user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n"
8746
10171 msgstr ""
8747 msgid ""
10172
8748 "Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
10173 msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::"
8749 "\n"
10174 msgstr ""
10175
10176 msgid ""
8750 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
10177 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
8751 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
10178 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
8752 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
10179 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
8753 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
10180 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
8754 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
10181 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
8755 "\n"
10182 msgstr ""
10183
10184 msgid ""
8756 "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
10185 "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
8757 "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
10186 "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
8758 "incoming --bundle').\n"
10187 "incoming --bundle')."
8759 "\n"
10188 msgstr ""
10189
10190 msgid ""
8760 "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
10191 "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
8761 "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
10192 "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
8762 "revisions'.\n"
10193 "revisions'."
8763 "\n"
10194 msgstr ""
10195
10196 msgid ""
8764 "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
10197 "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
8765 "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
10198 "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
8766 "server.\n"
10199 "server."
8767 "\n"
10200 msgstr ""
8768 "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
10201
8769 "\n"
10202 msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
10203 msgstr ""
10204
10205 msgid ""
8770 "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
10206 "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
8771 " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
10207 " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
8772 "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
10208 "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
8773 " an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::\n"
10209 " an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::"
8774 "\n"
10210 msgstr ""
8775 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
10211
8776 "\n"
10212 msgid " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
10213 msgstr ""
10214
10215 msgid ""
8777 "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
10216 "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
8778 " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
10217 " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
8779 "\n"
10218 msgstr ""
10219
10220 msgid ""
8780 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
10221 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
8781 " Compression no\n"
10222 " Compression no\n"
8782 " Host *\n"
10223 " Host *\n"
8783 " Compression yes\n"
10224 " Compression yes"
8784 "\n"
10225 msgstr ""
10226
10227 msgid ""
8785 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n"
10228 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n"
8786 " with the --ssh command line option.\n"
10229 " with the --ssh command line option."
8787 "\n"
10230 msgstr ""
10231
10232 msgid ""
8788 "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n"
10233 "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n"
8789 "[paths] section like so::\n"
10234 "[paths] section like so::"
8790 "\n"
10235 msgstr ""
10236
10237 msgid ""
8791 " [paths]\n"
10238 " [paths]\n"
8792 " alias1 = URL1\n"
10239 " alias1 = URL1\n"
8793 " alias2 = URL2\n"
10240 " alias2 = URL2\n"
8794 " ...\n"
10241 " ..."
8795 "\n"
10242 msgstr ""
10243
10244 msgid ""
8796 "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
10245 "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
8797 "example 'hg pull alias1' will be treated as 'hg pull URL1').\n"
10246 "example 'hg pull alias1' will be treated as 'hg pull URL1')."
8798 "\n"
10247 msgstr ""
10248
10249 msgid ""
8799 "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
10250 "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
8800 "you do not provide the URL to a command:\n"
10251 "you do not provide the URL to a command:"
8801 "\n"
10252 msgstr ""
10253
10254 msgid ""
8802 "default:\n"
10255 "default:\n"
8803 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
10256 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
8804 " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
10257 " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
8805 " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
10258 " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
8806 " pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing).\n"
10259 " pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing)."
8807 "\n"
10260 msgstr ""
10261
10262 msgid ""
8808 "default-push:\n"
10263 "default-push:\n"
8809 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
10264 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
8810 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
10265 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
@@ -8834,12 +10289,8 b' msgstr "destinationen \'%s\' finns redan"'
8834 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
10289 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
8835 msgstr "destinationen '%s är inte tom"
10290 msgstr "destinationen '%s är inte tom"
8836
10291
8837 msgid ""
10292 msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision"
8838 "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
10293 msgstr "källarkivet stödjer inte revisionsuppslag, och stödjer därför inte kloning av angivna revisioner"
8839 "by revision"
8840 msgstr ""
8841 "källarkivet stödjer inte revisionsuppslag, och stödjer därför inte kloning "
8842 "av angivna revisioner"
8843
10294
8844 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
10295 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
8845 msgstr "kloning från fjärr till fjärr stödjs inte"
10296 msgstr "kloning från fjärr till fjärr stödjs inte"
@@ -8849,18 +10300,13 b' msgid "updating to branch %s\\n"'
8849 msgstr "uppdaterar till grenen %s\n"
10300 msgstr "uppdaterar till grenen %s\n"
8850
10301
8851 #, python-format
10302 #, python-format
8852 msgid ""
10303 msgid "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
8853 "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
10304 msgstr "%d filer uppdaterade, %d filer sammanfogade, %d filer raderade, %d filer olösta\n"
8854 msgstr ""
8855 "%d filer uppdaterade, %d filer sammanfogade, %d filer raderade, %d filer "
8856 "olösta\n"
8857
10305
8858 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
10306 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
8859 msgstr ""
10307 msgstr ""
8860
10308
8861 msgid ""
10309 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to abandon\n"
8862 "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to "
8863 "abandon\n"
8864 msgstr ""
10310 msgstr ""
8865
10311
8866 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
10312 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
@@ -9162,12 +10608,8 b' msgstr "arkivet \xc3\xa4r obesl\xc3\xa4ktat"'
9162 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
10608 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
9163 msgstr "efterfrågar alla ändringar\n"
10609 msgstr "efterfrågar alla ändringar\n"
9164
10610
9165 msgid ""
10611 msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset."
9166 "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
10612 msgstr "Deldragningar kan inte göras eftersom det andra arkivet inte stödjer changegroupsubset."
9167 "changegroupsubset."
9168 msgstr ""
9169 "Deldragningar kan inte göras eftersom det andra arkivet inte stödjer "
9170 "changegroupsubset."
9171
10613
9172 #, python-format
10614 #, python-format
9173 msgid "abort: push creates new remote heads on branch '%s'!\n"
10615 msgid "abort: push creates new remote heads on branch '%s'!\n"
@@ -9320,9 +10762,7 b' msgid "diff context lines count must be '
9320 msgstr ""
10762 msgstr ""
9321
10763
9322 #, python-format
10764 #, python-format
9323 msgid ""
10765 msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'"
9324 "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
9325 "'%s'"
9326 msgstr ""
10766 msgstr ""
9327
10767
9328 #, python-format
10768 #, python-format
@@ -9397,9 +10837,7 b' msgstr ""'
9397 msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes (use 'hg status' to list changes)"
10837 msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes (use 'hg status' to list changes)"
9398 msgstr ""
10838 msgstr ""
9399
10839
9400 msgid ""
10840 msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' to merge or use 'hg update -C' to discard changes)"
9401 "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' to merge or use 'hg update -C' to discard "
9402 "changes)"
9403 msgstr ""
10841 msgstr ""
9404
10842
9405 msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or use 'hg update -c')"
10843 msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or use 'hg update -c')"
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now